An Engineers Guide To Being Bravo

F I A T B R A V O
O W N E R H A N D B O O K
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

001-022 BRAVO GB:001-022 BRAVO GB 15-03-2011 12:04 Pagina 1
Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting Fiat and congratulations on your choice of a Fiat Bravo.
We have written this handbook to help you get to know all your new Fiat Bravo features and use it in the best possible way.
You should read it right through before taking the road for the first time.
You will find information, tips and important warnings regarding the driving of your car to help you derive the maximum from your
Fiat Bravo technological features.
You are recommended to read carefully the warnings and indications marked with the respective symbols:
personal safety;
the cars wellbeing;
environmental protection.
The enclosed Warranty Booklet lists the services that Fiat offers to its Customers:
the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintaining its validity
the range of additional services available to Fiat Customers.
Best regards and good motoring!
This Owner Handbook describes all Fiat Bravo versions.

As a consequence, you should consider only the information which is related to the engine
and bodywork version of the car you purchased.

MUST BE READ!
REFUELLING
Petrol engines: only refuel with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) not less than 95 conforming to the Eu-
K
ropean specification EN 228.
Diesel engines: only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590. Using other products
or mixtures may damage the engine beyond repair and cause the forfeiture of the warranty cover for caused dam-
ages as a consequence.
ENGINE STARTING
Petrol engines: make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to neutral; fully depress the clutch
without pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started.
Diesel engines: turn the ignition key to MAR and wait for the warning lights Y (or symbol on display) and m
to go off; turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started.
PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL

While working, the catalyst develops a very high temperature. Do not park the car over grass, dry leaves, pine nee-
dles or any other inflammable materials: risk of fire.
RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

The car is fitted with a system that allows continuous diagnosis of the components correlated with emissions to en-
sure better respect for the environment.

ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES

If, after buying the car, you decide to add electrical accessories (that will gradually drain the battery), visit a Fiat
Dealership. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the cars electric system can sup-
port the required load.
CODE card (for versions/markets, where provided)

Keep the code card in a safe place, not in the car. The code card shall be used for requesting additional keys.
SCHEDULED SERVICING
Correct maintenance of the car is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety fea-
tures, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come.
THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS

information, tips and important warnings regarding the safe, correct driving of your car, and its maintenance. Pay
particular attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (environmental protection) ! (the cars wellbeing).

DASHBOARD AND CONTROLS

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DASHBOARD ...................................................................... 5 CEILING LIGHTS .................................................................. 63

INSTRUMENT PANEL ........................................................ 6 CONTROLS........................................................................... 65
DEVICES
SAFETY
SYMBOLS ............................................................................... 8 INTERIOR FITTINGS........................................................... 67

THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM.................................................. 8 SUNROOF.............................................................................. 72
THE KEYS .............................................................................. 10 DOORS .................................................................................. 75
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ALARM ................................................................................... 16 POWER WINDOWS ......................................................... 77

IGNITION DEVICE .............................................................. 19 BOOT ...................................................................................... 79
INSTRUMENTS ..................................................................... 20 BONNET................................................................................. 83
LIGHTS AND
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY ............................................ 22

MESSAGES
WARNING
ROOF RACK/SKI RACK .................................................... 84

RECONFIGURABLE MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY ..... 23 HEADLIGHTS ........................................................................ 85
DISPLAY FUNCTIONS........................................................ 29 ABS SYSTEM ......................................................................... 86
TRIP COMPUTER ................................................................ 36
EMERGENCY
ESP SYSTEM .......................................................................... 88

IN AN
SEATS ...................................................................................... 38
START&STOP SYSTEM ...................................................... 91
HEAD RESTRAINTS............................................................. 40
EOBD SYSTEM ..................................................................... 96
STEERING WHEEL .............................................................. 41
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
SOUND SYSTEM .................................................................. 97

REARVIEW MIRRORS ......................................................... 41
CAR
INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC /
HEATING/CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ................... 43 ELECTRONIC DEVICES...................................................... 98
HEATING AND VENTILATION ...................................... 45 DUALDRIVE ELECTRIC POWER
TECHNICAL
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM .................... 47 STEERING SYSTEM ............................................................. 99

AUTOMATIC TWO-ZONE TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................................ 50 (T.P.M.S.).................................................................................. 101
EXTERNAL LIGHTS............................................................. 56 PARKING SENSORS ........................................................... 104
INDEX
WINDOW WASHING ....................................................... 58 AT THE FILLING STATION ............................................. 108

CRUISE CONTROL ............................................................ 61 PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT ........................... 110

DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the versions.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
CAR
F0Q0639m
TECHNICAL
fig. 1
1. Side window air vent - 2. Adjustable and swivel air vent - 3. External light stalk - 4. Instrument panel - 5. Windscreen/rear win-
dow wiper/trip computer stalk - 6. Adjustable and swivel air vents - 7. Hazard light switch - 8. Front passenger air bag - 9. Glove-
box - 10. Set of switches for front/rear fog lights and menu opening/setting - 11. Sound system controls - 12. Controls for heat-
INDEX
ing/ventilation/climate control - 13. Electric power steering/ASR system on/off switch unit (for versions/markets, where provid-
ed)/front parking sensors (for versions/markets, where provided) - 14. Ignition key and ignition device - 15. Drivers knees air bag
(for versions/markets, where provided) - 16. Drivers air bag - 17. Steering wheel locking/release stalk - 18. Fusebox access door
19. Bonnet opening lever
5

INSTRUMENT PANEL
AND CONTROLS
Versions with multifunction display

DASHBOARD
A Speedometer (speed indicator)

B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning
light
DEVICES
C Engine coolant temperature gauge and

SAFETY
excessive temperature warning light

D Rev counter
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
E Multifunction display.
m c Warning lights fitted on diesel
versions only
On diesel versions the rev
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
counter end scale value is 6000

F0Q0604m rpm.
fig. 2
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Sport versions with multifunction

display

CAR
light
TECHNICAL
D Rev counter
versions only
INDEX
F0Q0605m On diesel versions the rev

fig. 3 rpm.
6

AND CONTROLS
Versions with reconfigurable
DASHBOARD
multifunction display
light
DEVICES
SAFETY
D Rev counter
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
E Reconfigurable multifunction display.
versions only F0Q0612m
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
On diesel versions the rev fig. 4
rpm.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Sport versions with reconfigurable
CAR
light
TECHNICAL
D Rev counter
versions only
INDEX
On diesel versions the rev F0Q0613m
rpm. fig. 5
7

SYMBOLS THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Special coloured labels have been attached To further protect you car from theft, it
near or actually on some of the compo- has been fitted with an engine immobilis-
nents of your car. These labels bear sym- ing system. This system is automatically ac-
bols that remind you of the precautions tivated when the ignition key is removed.
DEVICES
SAFETY
to be taken as regards that particular com-

ponent. An electronic device, in fact, is fitted in
each ignition key grip. The device trans-
The plate summarising the symbols used mits a radio-frequency signal when the en-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
can be found under the bonnet fig. 6. fig. 6 F0Q0640m gine is started through a special aerial built
into the ignition switch. The modulate sig-
nal, which changes each time the engine is
started, is the password by means of
which the control unit recognises the key
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
and enables to start the engine.

EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX

Warning light Y (or symbol on
AND CONTROLS
OPERATION IMPORTANT Every key has its own code,
DASHBOARD
which must be memorised by the system display) coming on when driving
Each time the car is started turning the ig- control unit. To memorise new keys, up
nition key to MAR, the Fiat CODE sys- to a maximum of eight, apply solely to Fi- If the warning light Y (or symbol on
tem control unit sends a recognition code at Dealership taking with you the CODE display) turns on, this means that the
to the engine control unit to deactivate card and the keys, a personal identity doc- system is running a self-test (for exam-
the inhibitor.
DEVICES
ple for a voltage drop).
SAFETY
ument and the cars ownership docu-
The code is sent only if the Fiat CODE ments. The codes of the keys not provid- If the warning light Y (or symbol on
system control unit has recognised the ed during the new memorising procedure display) continues to stay on, contact
code transmitted from the key. are erased from the memory. This is to a Fiat Dealership.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ensure that any lost or stolen keys can no
Each time the ignition key is turned to longer be used to start the car.
STOP, the Fiat CODE system deactivates
the functions of the engine electronic con-
trol unit. The electronic components in-
LIGHTS AND
side the key may be damaged
MESSAGES
WARNING
If the code has not been recognised cor- if the key is submitted to sharp
rectly, the instrument panel warning light knocks.
Y (or symbol on display) will turn on.
In this case, the key should be moved to
EMERGENCY
the STOP position and then back to
IN AN
MAR; if the lock continues, possibly try
again with the other key provided with the
car. If it is still not possible to start the car
contact a Fiat Dealership.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
9

THE KEYS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
CODE CARD
(for versions/markets, where provided)
Together with the keys you will receive
DEVICES
SAFETY
the CODE card fig. 7 to be presented to

Fiat Dealership when requesting additional
keys.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0001m F0Q0034m
IMPORTANT In order to ensure perfect fig. 7 fig. 8
efficiency of the electronic devices con-
tained inside the keys, they should never KEY WITHOUT REMOTE
be exposed to direct sunlight. All the keys and the CODE
card must be handed over to CONTROL
LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES
WARNING
the new owner when selling

the car. The key is fitted with a metal insert
A-fig. 8, operating:
the ignition switch
EMERGENCY
IN AN
doors and tailgate locks

the fuel lid locking/unlocking (on ver-
sions featuring fuel filler cap with lock)
the safe lock device (only disengage-

CAR
ment - for versions/markets, where

provided)
TECHNICAL
INDEX
10

Button for remote unlocking of doors
AND CONTROLS
Opening the doors and the tailgate
DASHBOARD
and tailgate.
Briefly press button for remote un-
Button for remote locking of doors and locking of doors and tailgate and simulta-
tailgate. neous alarm (for versions/markets, where
provided) deactivation, timed switching on
Button R for remote opening of the tail- of the internal ceiling lights and double
DEVICES
SAFETY
gate. Button B for power-assisted open- flashing of direction indicators (for ver-
ing of the metal insert A. sions/markets, where provided).
Press button for more than 2 seconds
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0255m
fig. 9 to open the windows.
If locking button is inadver- Doors will be unlocked automatically if the
KEY WITH REMOTE CONTROL tently pressed from the pas- fuel inertial cut-off switch comes into op-
The key is fitted with a metal insert senger compartment, when eration.
LIGHTS AND
getting out of the car only the doors
MESSAGES
WARNING
A-fig. 9, operating:
being used will unlock; the tailgate will
the ignition switch stay locked. To realign the system,
press again the locking/unlocking but-
doors and tailgate locks tons / .
EMERGENCY
the fuel lid locking/unlocking
IN AN
the safe lock device (only disengage-
ment - for versions/markets, where WARNING
provided)
Button B-fig. 9 should only
To open/close the metal insert, press but-
CAR
be pressed when the key is
ton B away from the body, in particular
from the eyes and from objects that
can be spoilt (e.g. clothes). Make sure
TECHNICAL
the key can never be touched by oth-
ers, especially children, who may in-
advertently press the button.
INDEX
11

AND CONTROLS
Closing the doors and the tailgate Opening the tailgate by the
DASHBOARD
Briefly press button for remote lock- remote control

ing of doors and tailgate and simultaneous Press button R to open the tailgate by
alarm (for versions/markets, where pro- remote control even if the alarm (for ver-
vided) activation, switching off of the in- sions/markets, where provided) is on.
ternal ceiling lights and single flashing of di-
DEVICES
SAFETY
rection indicators. Opening the tailgate is accompanied by the

direction indicators flashing twice; clos-
Press button for more than 2 seconds ing is accompanied by a single flash only if
to close the windows. If the button is the alarm is on.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0742m
briefly pressed twice, the safe lock device fig. 10
(for versions/markets, where provided) is Opening the tailgate (with alarm on) will
activated (see next paragraph Safe lock obtain the deactivation of boot volumet- Leds on central panel
device). ric protection and perimetral sensor.
When locking the doors, led A-fig. 10
Closing the tailgate will reactivate boot
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
If one or more doors are open, locking switches on for about 3 seconds and than
will not be activated and the central pan- volumetric protection and perimetral sen- starts flashing (deterrence function).
el led A-fig. 10 and direction indicators sor.
will flash rapidly. If only the tailgate is open Once doors are locked, if one or more
the doors will lock. doors or the tailgate are not closed cor-
EMERGENCY
rectly, the led and direction indicators

IN AN
start flashing quickly.

TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
12

AND CONTROLS
REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL
DASHBOARD
REMOTE CONTROLS
The system can recognise up to 8 remote
controls. Should a new remote control be
necessary, contact a Fiat Dealership, tak-
DEVICES
ing with you the CODE card, a personal
SAFETY
identity document and the cars owner-
ship documents.
1 2
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0256m
fig. 11
REPLACING THE BATTERY Used batteries are harmful to

OF THE KEY WITH REMOTE the environment. They should
LIGHTS AND
CONTROL fig. 11
MESSAGES
WARNING
be disposed of as specified by
Battery replacement: law in the special containers
provided, or take them to a Fiat Deal-
press button A and open the metal in- ership, which will deal with their dis-
sert B; posal.
EMERGENCY
turn the screw C to : using a fine bit
IN AN
screwdriver; 3 4
F0Q0257m
fig. 12
take out the battery case D and replace
the battery E making sure that the bias
is correct; REPLACEMENT OF REMOTE
CAR
re-insert the battery holder D in the CONTROL COVER fig. 12
key and lock it turning the screw C to To replace the remote control cover, fol-
;. low the procedure shown in fig. 12.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
13

AND CONTROLS
WARNING Device activation

DASHBOARD
Once the safe lock device The device is automatically activated on

has been actuated, doors every door by pressing twice button on
cannot be opened from inside the car the key with remote control.
in any way whatsoever. For this rea- Device activation is signalled by three
son, make sure there are no persons
DEVICES
SAFETY
flashes of the direction indicators and

left inside the car. flashing of the door-lock button led on the
dashboard (see table on next page).
CORRECT USE
If one of the doors is not perfectly closed,

OF THE CAR
F0Q0641m
fig. 13
the dead lock device will not activate, thus
WARNING preventing that a person getting into the
SAFE LOCK DEVICE car from the open door remains blocked
(for versions/markets, where provided) If the battery of the key with
remote control is down, the inside the passengers compartment when
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
This safety device enables to inhibit: safe lock device can only be activat- she/he closes the door.
ed through the metal insert of the key
door internal handles; in the revolving plugs of the doors as Device deactivation
button fig. 13 for locking/unlocking the described previously: in this case the
The device is deactivated automatically on
safe lock device is active only on the
EMERGENCY
doors, placed on the central panel; every door in the following cases:
rear doors.
IN AN
thus hindering doors opening from inside when unlocking the doors;
the passengers compartment in case of
attempt to break-into (e.g. window break- when turning the ignition key to MAR.
ing).
CAR
The safe lock device guarantees the best

protection against unwanted access.
Therefore, it should be actuated every
time the car is parked and left unattend-
TECHNICAL
ed.
INDEX
14

AND CONTROLS
The main functions that can be activated with the keys (with or without remote control) are the following:
DASHBOARD
Type Door Door Window Window Safe lock Tailgate
of key opening closing opening closing (for versions/ opening
markets, where
provided)
DEVICES
SAFETY
Key without Key turning Key turning
remote counterclockwise clockwise
control (driver side) or (driver side) or
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
(for versions/ clockwise counterclockwise
markets, (passenger side) (passenger side)
where (where provided) (where provided)
provided)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Key turning Key turning
counterclockwise clockwise
Key with (driver side) or (driver side) or
remote clockwise counterclockwise
EMERGENCY
control
IN AN
Prolonged pressing Prolonged pressing
Pressing briefly Pressing briefly (> 2 seconds) on Double pressing Press
(> 2 seconds) on button R
button button button on button
button
CAR
Direction
indicators 2 flashings 1 flashing 2 flashings 1 flashing 3 flashings 2 flashings
flashing
(only with key
TECHNICAL
with remote
control)
Led on Deterrence led Turned on fixed for Turning off Deterrence led Double flashing Deterrent led
central turning off approx. 3 seconds deterrence led flashing and then flashing
INDEX
dashboard followed by deter- deterrence led
rence led flashing flashing
15

ALARM
AND CONTROLS
WHEN THE ALARM Depending on the markets, the cutting in

DASHBOARD
IS TRIGGERED of the alarm causes operation of the siren

(for versions/markets, where and direction indicators (for about 26 sec-
provided) The alarm comes into action in the fol- onds). The ways of operating and the num-
lowing cases: ber of cycles may vary depending on the
The alarm function is provided in addition unlawful opening of one of the doors, markets.
DEVICES
SAFETY
to all remote control functions previous- bonnet or boot (perimetral protec-

ly described and it is controlled by the re- A maximum number of sound/sight cycles
tion); is however envisaged.
ceiver located under the dashboard, next
to the fuse box. attempt to start the engine (turning the The volume sensing and anti-lift protec-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ignition key to MAR); tions may be turned off by operating the

battery cable cutting; control on the front courtesy light (see
Volume-sensing/anti-lift protection para-
presence of moving bodies in the pas- graph).
sengers compartment (volumetric pro-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
tection); IMPORTANT The engine immobiliser

function is guaranteed by the Fiat CODE
abnormal raising/sloping of the car. system, which is automatically activated
when the ignition key is removed.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
16

AND CONTROLS
HOW TO ACTIVATE THE ALARM If the doors, bonnet and boot are shut HOW TO DEACTIVATE
DASHBOARD
correctly and the control signal is repeat- THE ALARM
With the doors, bonnet and boot shut and ed, the system self-diagnostics has de-
the ignition key in the STOP position or tected a system operating fault. It is there- Press button of the key with remote
with the key removed, point the key with fore necessary to contact Fiat Dealership. control.
remote control in the direction of the car,
then press and release the button . IMPORTANT When operating the cen- The system will react as follows (with the
DEVICES
SAFETY
tral door locking with the metal insert of exception of certain markets):
With the exception of certain markets,
the system sounds a beep and the doors
the key, the alarm is not activated. two brief flashes of the direction indi-
are locked. IMPORTANT The electronic alarm is built cators;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Engagement of the alarm is preceded by
in compliance with the law and regulations two brief beeps;
of the different countries.
a self-diagnostic test. If a fault is detected door unlocking.
the system sounds a further warning
beep and the display shows the relevant IMPORTANT Operating the central door
LIGHTS AND
locking with the metal insert of the key
MESSAGES
WARNING
message (see section Warning lights and
messages). will not deactivate the alarm.
In this case, switch the alarm system off by
pressing button , check that the doors,
EMERGENCY
bonnet and tailgate are properly shut, then
IN AN
switch the alarm on again by pressing but-
ton .
Otherwise, the door, bonnet or tailgate
that is not shut properly will be excluded
CAR
from the alarm system control.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
17

AND CONTROLS
VOLUME-SENSING/ HOW TO CUT OFF

DASHBOARD
ANTI-LIFT PROTECTION THE ALARM SYSTEM

To ensure correct operation of the pro- To deactivate the alarm system com-
tection, it is advisable to fully close the side pletely (for instance during prolonged in-
windows and sun-roof (for versions/ mar- activity of the car) simply lock the car
DEVICES
kets, where provided). turning the metal insert of the key with re-
SAFETY
mote control in the lock.

If necessary, the function may be turned
off (e.g. if animals are left in the car) by IMPORTANT To cut-out the electronic
pressing key A-fig. 15, located on the alarm if remote control batteries are
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0752m
front courtesy light before activating the fig. 15 down or the system is failing, fit the key
alarm. into the ignition switch and turn it to
INDICATIONS OF ATTEMPTS MAR.
Function deactivation is indicated by the
led located on the key flashing for a few TO BREAK IN
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
seconds. If the volume-sensing/anti-lift Any attempt to break in is indicated by

protection is turned off, this must be re- warning light Y (or symbol on display)
peated whenever the instrument panel is on the instrument panel with the relevant
turned off. message on the display (see section
Warning lights and messages).
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
18

IGNITION SWITCH
AND CONTROLS
Disengaging
DASHBOARD
Rock the steering wheel slightly as you
The key can be turned to 3 different po- turn the ignition key to MAR.
sitions fig. 16:
WARNING In certain parking conditions
STOP: engine off, key can be re- (e.g. wheels steered) the force required
DEVICES
SAFETY
moved, steering column locked. Cer- to move the steering wheel to switch the
tain electrical devices (e.g.: sound sys- function off may be high.
tem, central door locking, electronic
alarm, etc.) can work.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0642m
fig. 16
MAR: driving position. All electrical
devices are powered. WARNING
WARNING It is absolutely forbidden to
AVV: engine starting. carry out whatever after-
When getting out of the car,
LIGHTS AND
The ignition switch is fitted with a safety market operation involving steering
MESSAGES
WARNING
always remove the key to
mechanism that, in the event the engine is prevent any occupants from acci- system or steering column modifica-
not started, compels the driver to turn the dentally activating the controls. Re- tions (e.g.: installation of anti-theft
ignition key back to STOP before remember to engage the handbrake device) that could badly affect per-
peating the starting operation. and if the car is parked on uphill slope formance and safety, cause the lapse
EMERGENCY
of warranty and also result in non-
IN AN
to engage the first gear. If the car is
facing downhill, engage the reverse compliance of the car with homolo-
gear. Never leave unsupervised chil- gation requirements.
WARNING dren in the car.
If the ignition device is tam-
CAR
pered with (e.g.: attempted
theft), have it checked over by a Fiat WARNING
Dealership before restarting to drive. STEERING COLUMN LOCK Never remove the ignition
TECHNICAL
key while the car is moving.
Engaging The steering wheel would automati-
When the key is at STOP remove the cally lock as soon as you try to turn
key and turn the steering wheel until it it. This also applies when the car is
locks. being towed.
INDEX
19

INSTRUMENTS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Instrument background color and type

may vary according to the version.
SPEEDOMETER fig. 17
DEVICES
SAFETY
It shows the car speed.
DASHBOARD LIGHTING
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0606m F0Q0607m
ADJUSTMENT (Brightness sensor) fig. 17 fig. 18
(versions Sport with reconfigurable
multifunction display) The brightness level depends on the set- REV. COUNTER fig. 18
tings previously set by means of the Setup
The versions Sport with reconfigurable Menu of the reconfigurable multifunctional Rev counter shows engine rpm.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
multifunction Display are provided with display (see Dimmer at paragraph Re- On diesel versions the rev counter end
a brightness sensor (located inside the configurable multifunctional display). scale value is 6000 rpm.
tachometer), able to detect the environ-
ment light conditions and, depending on When travelling, the graphics lighting may IMPORTANT The electronic injection
the measurement, to adjust the operat- turn on if the lighting in the passenger control system gradually shuts off the flow
EMERGENCY
ing mode of the dashboard. compartment changes from daylight to of fuel when the engine is over-revving
IN AN
night condition (e.g. when entering a resulting in a gradual loss of engine pow-
The instrument operates as follows: tunnel). er.
in daylight mode, the display can be When the engine is idling, the rev counter
set on 8 different levels, the dashboard may indicate a gradual or sudden speed in-
CAR
graphics are turned off and all the increase. This is normal as it takes place dur-
dexes are fully lighted and cannot be ing normal operation, for example when
adjusted; activating the climate control system or
in night mode, the display, the graph- the fan. In particular a slow change in the
TECHNICAL
ics and the indexes can be set on 8 dif- speed preserves the battery charge.
ferent levels. The brightness of the bi-
zone automatic climate control system
display and of the car radio display is
accordingly adjusted.
INDEX
20

AND CONTROLS
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE The turning on of the warning light B-fig.
DASHBOARD
19 (together with the message shown on
This shows the amount of fuel left in the the display) indicates that the coolant flu-
fuel tank. id temperature is too high; in this case,
The reserve warning light A-fig. 19 turns stop the engine and contact a Fiat Deal-
on to indicate that approx. 8-10 litres of ership.
DEVICES
SAFETY
fuel are left in the tank.
E - tank empty.
F - tank full (see contents of At the filling If the needle reaches the red
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0608m
station paragraph in this chapter). fig. 19 area, stop the engine immedi-
ately and contact a Fiat Deal-
Do not travel with the tank almost emp- ENGINE COOLANT ership.
ty because the catalytic converter could
become damaged. TEMPERATURE GAUGE
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
IMPORTANT The needle sets to E with This shows the temperature of the engine
warning light A flashing to indicate that the coolant fluid and begins working when the
system is failing. In this event contact Fiat fluid temperature exceeds approx. 50C.
Dealership to have the system checked. Under normal conditions, the needle
EMERGENCY
should move to different positions of the
IN AN
scale according to the conditions of use
of the car.
C - Low engine coolant temperature.
H - High engine coolant temperature.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
21

MULTIFUNCTION
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DISPLAY
(for versions/markets,
where provided)
DEVICES
SAFETY
Your car is fitted with the multifunction

display that shows all the useful informa-
tion necessary when driving.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q3245g F0Q3240g
fig. 20 fig. 20a
"STANDARD" SCREEN fig. 20
(versions without Start&Stop) "STANDARD" SCREEN fig. 20a
The standard screen shows the following (versions with Start&Stop)
LIGHTS AND
indications:
MESSAGES
WARNING
The standard screen shows the following

A Date information:
B Dualdrive electric power steering en- A Date
gagement, if any
EMERGENCY
B Gear Shift Indicator (for versions/

IN AN
C Sport function indication (for ver- markets, where provided)

sions/markets, where provided) C Start&Stop function indicator (for ver- F0Q0643m
sions/markets, where provided) fig. 21
D Clock
E Odometer (covered km or miles) D Clock CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 21

CAR
F Warning of ice on road E Odometer (covered km or miles) To scroll the display and the related
options upwards or to increase the
G External temperature F External temperature value displayed.
TECHNICAL
H Scheduled servicing G Headlight aiming position (only with MODE Brief press to open the menu
dipped beam headlights on). and/or to move to next screen or to con-
I Headlight aiming position (only with
dipped beam headlights on) H Dualdrive electric power steering en- firm the option required.
gagement, if any Long press to go back to the standard
screen.
INDEX
To scroll the display and the related

options downwards or to decrease the
value displayed.
22

Note Buttons and activate different
AND CONTROLS
SETUP MENU fig. 22 Selecting an option in the main menu without
DASHBOARD
functions according to the following situ- submenu:
ations: The menu comprises a series of functions
arranged in a circular fashion which can press briefly button MODE to select
to scroll the menu options upwards and be selected through buttons and to the menu option to set;
downwards; access the different select operations and
settings (setup) given below. For certain press buttons or (by single press-
DEVICES
SAFETY
to increase or to decrease values during options (Set time and Units) there is a sub- es) to select the new setting;
settings. menu. press briefly button MODE to store the
Note When opening one of the front The setup menu can be activated by press- new setting and to go back to the previ-
CORRECT USE
doors the display will show for a few sec- ously selected menu option.
OF THE CAR
ing briefly button MODE.
onds the clock and covered km or miles.
Single presses on buttons or will Selecting an option in the main menu with
scroll the setup menu options. Handling submenu:
modes differ with each other according to press briefly button MODE to display
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the characteristic of the option selected. the first submenu option;
If the car is equipped with Radionavigator, press buttons or (by single press-
the only functions that can be adjusted/set es) to scroll all submenu options;
through the instrument panel display are
press briefly button MODE to select
EMERGENCY
the following: Dimmer, Speed Beep,
IN AN
Headl. sensor (for versions/markets, the displayed submenu option and to en-
where provided), Belt buzzer and Pas- ter the relevant setup menu;
senger bag. The other functions are dis- press buttons or (by single press-
played by and can be adjusted/set through
es) to select the new setting;
system display.
CAR
press briefly button MODE to store the
new setting and to go back to the previ-
ously selected submenu option.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
23

AND CONTROLS
Example:
DASHBOARD
Day
Briefly press button MODE to start surfing from the standard screen.
To surf the menu use buttons or . Note For safety reasons, when Year Month
English the car is running, it is possible to access only the reduced menu (for
Deutsch Espaol setting Dimmer and Speed Beep). When the car is stationary access
DEVICES
SAFETY
to the whole menu is enabled. On cars provided with Radionavigator

Italiano Franais many functions are displayed on the navigator display.
MODE
Nederlands Portugs briefly press
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
button
MODE
briefly press EXIT MENU
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
PASSENGER AIRBAG
WARNING
button DIMMER
SERVICE
SPEED BEEP
BELT BUZZER
EMERGENCY
HEADL. SENSOR
IN AN
BUTTON VOL.
TRIP B DATA
CAR
BUZZER VOLUME SET TIME

TECHNICAL
SET DATE
LANGUAGE
SEE RADIO
UNITS
INDEX
AUTOCLOSE F0Q3253g
fig. 24
24

RECONFIGURABLE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY
where provided)
DEVICES
SAFETY
The car can be provided with the recon-
figurable multifunction display that shows
CORRECT USE
useful information, according to the previ-
OF THE CAR
F0Q3241g F0Q0041m
fig. 23 fig. 24
ous settings made, necessary when driving.
Rotating the starters key into MAR po-
INFORMATION ON sition, the main page will be displayed al-
STANDARD SCREEN fig. 23
so showing the date fig. 23 or the boost-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
The standard screen shows the following ing pressure of the turbocharger fig. 24
indications: depending on the set-up selected from the
A Clock menu, caption Homepage (Date of
B Date Engine Info).
EMERGENCY
IN AN
C Sport function indication (for ver-
sions/markets, where provided) CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 25
D Odometer (covered km or miles) To scroll the display and the related fig. 25 F0Q0643m
options upwards or to increase the
E State indicator (e.g. doors open, ice on
road, etc.)/Start&Stop function indica- value displayed. To scroll the display and the related
CAR
tor (for versions/markets, where pro- MODE Brief press to open the menu options downwards or to decrease the
vided)/ Gear Shift Indicator (for ver- and/or to move to next screen or to con- value displayed.
sions/markets, where provided) firm the option required.
TECHNICAL
F Headlight aiming position (only with Long press to go back to the standard
dipped beam headlights on) screen.
G External temperature
INDEX
25

Note Buttons and activate different

AND CONTROLS
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR

DASHBOARD
functions according to the following situ-

ations: The GSI system (Gear Shift Indicator) sug-
gests to shift gear by showing an indication
to scroll the menu options upwards and on the control panel (see fig. 26).
downwards;
Shifting when indicated by GSI will help the
DEVICES
SAFETY
to increase or to decrease values during driver save fuel.

settings.
When the SHIFT UP icon (Q SHIFT) ap-
Note When opening one of the front pears on the display, the GSI is suggest-
CORRECT USE
doors the display will show for a few sec- ing to select a higher gear and when the
OF THE CAR
F0Q3242g
fig. 26
onds the clock and covered km or miles. SHIFT DOWN (Z SHIFT) icon it is sug-
gesting that a lower gear should be se-
lected. Note The indication on the instrument
panel stays on until the driver shifts or un-
til the driving conditions return to a situ-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ation in which shifting is not required to

reduce consumption.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
26

AND CONTROLS
SETUP MENU fig. 26 Selecting an option in the main menu Selecting an option in the main menu with
DASHBOARD
without submenu: submenu:
The menu comprises a series of functions
arranged in a circular fashion which can press briefly button MODE to select press briefly button MODE to display
be selected through buttons and to the menu option to set; the first submenu option;
access the different select operations and
settings (setup) given below. For certain press buttons or (by single press- press buttons or (by single press-
DEVICES
SAFETY
options (Set time and Units) there is a sub- es) to select the new setting; es) to scroll all submenu options;
menu. press briefly button MODE to store the press briefly button MODE to select
The setup menu can be activated by press- new setting and to go back to the previ- the displayed submenu option and to en-
CORRECT USE
ously selected menu option. ter the relevant setup menu;
OF THE CAR
ing briefly button MODE.
Single presses on buttons or will press buttons or (by single press-
scroll the setup menu options. Handling es) to select the new setting;
modes differ with each other according to press briefly button MODE to store the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the characteristic of the option selected. new setting and to go back to the previ-
If the car is equipped with Radionavigator, ously selected submenu option.
the only functions that can be adjusted/set
through the instrument panel display are
EMERGENCY
the following: Dimmer, Speed Beep,
IN AN
Headl. sensor (for versions/markets,
where provided), Belt buzzer and Pas-
senger bag. The other functions are dis-
played by and can be adjusted/set through
the Radionavigator system display.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
27

AND CONTROLS
Example:
DASHBOARD
Day
Briefly press button MODE to start surfing from the standard screen.
To surf the menu use buttons or . Note For safety reasons, when Year Month
English the car is running, it is possible to access only the reduced menu (for
Deutsch Espaol setting Dimmer and Speed Beep). When the car is stationary access
DEVICES
SAFETY
to the whole menu is enabled. On cars provided with Radionavigator

Italiano Franais many functions are displayed on the navigator display.
MODE
Nederlands Portugs briefly press
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
button
DIMMER
MODE EXIT MENU SPEED BEEP
briefly press
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
button HEADL. SENSOR

PASSENGER AIRBAG
TRIP B DATA
EMERGENCY
IN AN
SERVICE
SET TIME
BELT BUZZER
CAR
SET DATE
BUTTON VOL.
TECHNICAL
FIRST PAGE
BUZZER VOLUME
SEE RADIO
LANGUAGE
INDEX
F0Q3280g
AUTOCLOSE
UNITS
fig. 26
28

DISPLAY FUNCTIONS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
(see Multifunctional Display or Reconfigurable Multifunctional Display)
Dimmer (Passenger compartment Speed Beep (Speed limit) briefly press button MODE to go back
control light rheostat) to the menu screen or press the button
DEVICES
SAFETY
With this function it is possible to set the for long to go back to the standard screen
(only with side/taillights on) car speed limit (km/h or mph); when this without storing settings.
With this function it is possible to adjust limit is exceeded the driver is immediate-
brightness of the instrument panel and of ly alerted (see section Warning lights and To cancel the setting, proceed as follows:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
buttons and controls of sound system and messages).
briefly press button MODE: (On) will
automatic climate control system (where To set the speed limit, proceed as follows: flash on the display;
provided) according to 8 levels (for ver-
sions/markets, where provided). briefly press button MODE, the display press button : (Off) will flash on the
will show wording (Speed Beep); display;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
To adjust brightness proceed as follows:
press button or to select activa- briefly press button MODE to go back
briefly press button MODE, the previ- tion (On) or deactivation (Off) of the to the menu screen or press the button
ously set level will flash on the display; speed limit; for long to go back to the standard screen
press button or to adjust the if selecting (On), press button or
without storing settings.
EMERGENCY
brightness level;
IN AN
to select the required speed limit and then
briefly press button MODE to go back press MODE to confirm.
to the menu screen or press the button Note The possible setting is between 30
for long to go back to the standard screen
and 200 km/h, or between 20 and 125
without storing settings. mph depending on the unit set previous-
CAR
ly (see Distance unit (Dist. Unit) para-
graph described later. Every press on but-
ton / increases/decreases by 5 units.
Keeping the button / pressed obtains
TECHNICAL
the automatic fast increase or decrease.
When you are near the required setting
complete adjustment by single presses.
INDEX
29

AND CONTROLS
Headl. sensor Trip B data (Trip On/Off) Set time (Setting the clock)
DASHBOARD
(Automatic/dusk sensor headlights Through this option it is possible to acti- This function enables to set the clock
sensitivity adjustment) vate (On) or deactivate (Off) the Trip B through two sub-menus: Time and
(for versions/markets, where provided) (partial trip). Mode.
This function enables the headlights to For further information see Trip com- Proceed as follows:
DEVICES
SAFETY
come on or go off depending on external puter.

lighting conditions. briefly press button MODE, the display
For activation / deactivation, proceed as will show the two submenus Time and
The sensitivity of the dusk sensor can be follows: Mode;
adjusted according to 3 levels (level 1= press button or to scroll the two
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
minimum sensitivity, level 2= average sen- briefly press button MODE: On or Off
will flash on the display according to pre- submenus;
sitivity, level 3= maximum sensitivity); the
greater the sensitivity set, the less the ex- vious setting; select the required submenu and then
ternal light variation needed to control press briefly MODE;
press button or to select the re-
LIGHTS AND
turning on the lights (e.g. with a level 3 set-

MESSAGES
WARNING
quired level; if selecting Time: briefly press button

ting at sunset the headlights are expect- MODE, hours will flash on the display;
ed to come on in respect of levels 1 and briefly press button MODE to go back
2). to the menu screen or press the button press button or for setting;
for long to go back to the standard screen press button MODE, minutes will
EMERGENCY
To set the light level required, proceed as without storing settings. flash on the display;
IN AN
follows:
press button or for setting.
briefly press button MODE, the previ-
ously set level will flash on the display;

CAR
quired level;
briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
TECHNICAL

INDEX
30

Note Every press on button or in-
AND CONTROLS
Set date (Setting the date) First page (information displayed
DASHBOARD
creases/decreases by 1 unit. Keeping the in the main screen)
button pressed obtains automatic fast in- This function enables to update the date
crease or decrease. When you are near (day month year). This function enables to select the type of
the required setting complete adjustment To correct the date proceed as follows: information displayed in the main screen.
by single presses. It is possible to display the date or the
DEVICES
briefly press button MODE: year will pressure of the turbo-compressor.
SAFETY
if selecting Mode: briefly press but- flash on the display;
ton MODE, 24h or 12h mode will To select one of the two items, proceed
flash on the display; press button or for setting; as follows:
press button or to select 24h or
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
briefly press button MODE: month push the button MODE for a short
12h. will flash on the display; time, First page is displayed;
After setting, briefly press button MODE press button or for setting; press again the button MODE for a
to go back to the submenu screen or short time to display the Date and En-
briefly press button MODE: day will gine Info options;
LIGHTS AND
press the button for long to go back to the
MESSAGES
WARNING
main menu screen without storing set- flash on the display;
press or to select the type of in-
tings. press button or for setting. formation to be displayed in the main
press again button MODE for long to Note Every press on button or in- screen;
go back to the standard screen or to the
EMERGENCY
creases/decreases by 1 unit. Keeping the press MODE for a short time to store
IN AN
main menu according to the current menu button pressed obtains automatic fast in-
level. the selection and return to the previous
crease or decrease. When you are near screen or press the button for a longer
the required setting complete adjustment time to return to the standard screen
by single presses.
without storing the selection.
CAR
Rotating the ignition key on MAR, the re-
to the menu screen or press the button configurable multifunctional display, after
for long to go back to the standard screen the start-up check, displays the previous-
without storing settings. ly set information using the First page
TECHNICAL
function of the menu.
INDEX
31

AND CONTROLS
See radio (Audio repetition) Autoclose (Automatic central Units (Setting units)
DASHBOARD
With this function the display repeats in- door locking when travelling) With this function it is possible to set the
formation relevant to the sound system. When activated (On), this function locks units through three submenus: Dis-
automatically the doors when the car tances, Consumption and Tempera-
Radio: selected radio station frequency ture.
or RDS message, automatic tuning acti- speed exceeds 20 km/h.
DEVICES
SAFETY
vation or AutoSTore; To activate or to deactivate this function To set the required unit proceed as fol-
proceed as follows: lows:
audio CD, MP3 CD: track number;
briefly press button MODE to display briefly press button MODE, the display
CD Changer: CD number and track
CORRECT USE
will show the three submenus;

OF THE CAR
number; the submenu;

briefly press button MODE: On or Off press button or to scroll the three
To activate (On) or to deactivate (Off) submenus;
sound system info displaying proceed as will flash on the display according to pre-
follows: vious setting; select the required submenu and then
LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES
WARNING
press briefly button MODE;

briefly press button MODE: On or Off
will flash on the display according to pre- quired level; if selecting Distances: pressing button
vious setting; briefly press button MODE to go back MODE briefly, the display will show km
to the menu screen or press the button or mi according to previous setting;
EMERGENCY
for long to go back to the standard screen press button or to select the re-
IN AN
quired level;
without storing settings; quired level;
to the menu screen or press the button Press again button MODE for long to if selecting Consumption: briefly press
for long to go back to the standard screen button MODE the display will show
without storing settings. main menu according to the current menu km/l, l/100km or mpg according to
CAR
level. previous setting;

TECHNICAL
INDEX
32

AND CONTROLS
If the distance unit set is km the fuel con- Language (Selecting the language) Buzzer volume
DASHBOARD
sumption unit will be displayed in km/l or (Setting the buzzer volume)
l/100km. Display messages can be shown (after set-
ting) in different languages: Italian, German, With this function the volume of the
If set unit is mi the display will show fu- English, Spanish, French, Portuguese and buzzer accompanying any failure/warning
el consumption in mpg. Dutch. indication can be adjusted according to 8
DEVICES
press button or to select the re- levels.
SAFETY
To set the required language proceed as
quired level; follows: To adjust the volume proceed as follows:
if selecting Temperature: pressing but- briefly press button MODE: the previ- briefly press button MODE: the previ-
CORRECT USE
ton MODE briefly, the display will show ously set language will flash on the dis-
OF THE CAR
ously set volume level will flash on the
C or F according to previous set- play; display;
ting;
press button or to select the re- press button or for setting;
press button or to select the required level;
quired level; briefly press button MODE to go back
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
briefly press button MODE to go back to the menu screen or press the button
After setting, briefly press button MODE to the menu screen or press the button for long to go back to the standard screen
to go back to the submenu screen or for long to go back to the standard screen without storing settings.
press the button for long to go back to the without storing settings.
main menu screen without storing set-
EMERGENCY
tings.
IN AN
press again button MODE for long to
main menu according to the current menu
level.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
33

AND CONTROLS
Button vol. Service (Scheduled Servicing) Note The Service schedule includes car
DASHBOARD
(Adjusting the button volume) maintenance every 30,000 km (or 18,000

Through this function it is possible to dis- miles) or every year; this is shown auto-
With this function the volume of the play information connected to proper car matically, with the ignition key at MAR,
roger-beep accompanying the activation servicing. starting from 2,000 km (or equivalent val-
of buttons MODE, and can be ad- Proceed as follows: ue in miles) or 30 days from this deadline
DEVICES
justed according to 8 levels.

SAFETY
and it is shown again every 200 km (or

briefly press button MODE: service in equivalent value in miles). Below 200 km
To adjust the volume proceed as follows: km or mi, according to previous setting, servicing indications are displayed more
briefly press button MODE: the previ- will be displayed (see paragraph Distance frequently. Servicing indication will be dis-
CORRECT USE
unit);
OF THE CAR
ously set volume level will flash on the played in km or mi according to previous
display; briefly press button MODE to go back setting. When a programmed maintenance
press button or for setting; to the menu screen or press the button interval (coupon) is near to come, turning
for long to go back to the standard screen the ignition key to MAR, the display will
briefly press button MODE to go back without storing settings. show the message Service followed by
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
to the menu screen or press the button the number of km/mi or days to go before
for long to go back to the standard screen car servicing. Contact a Fiat Dealership to
without storing settings. carry out any service operation provided
by the Service schedule and to reset the
EMERGENCY
Belt Buzzer display.

IN AN
(S.B.R. buzzer reactivation)

This function can be only displayed after
Fiat Dealership has deactivated the S.B.R.
system (see paragraph S.B.R. system in

CAR
section Safety devices).

TECHNICAL
INDEX
34

F0Q3281g
F0Q3250g
Passengers Bag
AND CONTROLS
(Front passengers air bag and side
DASHBOARD
bag, activation/ deactivation)
This function shall be used to activate/ de-
activate the front passengers air bag.
Proceed as follows:
DEVICES

SAFETY
MODE MODE
press button MODE and, after display-
ing of messages (Bag pass: Off) (to deac-
F0Q3282g
F0Q3248g
tivate) or (Bag pass: On) (to activate) by
pressing buttons and , press again
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
button MODE;
display will show the confirmation mes-
sage;

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
press buttons or to select (Yes)
(to confirm activation/deactivation) or MODE MODE
(No) (to abort);
F0Q3249g
F0Q3283g
briefly press button MODE, to display
EMERGENCY
the confirmation message and to go back
IN AN
to the menu screen or press the button
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
35

TRIP COMPUTER
AND CONTROLS
Cornerning light Trip B displays the figures relating to:

DASHBOARD
(activation/deactivation of Trip distance B

Cornering lights) General features Average consumption B
The Trip computer displays information Average speed B
where provided) (with ignition key at MAR), relating to the
DEVICES
SAFETY
This function makes it possible to acti- operating status of the car. This function Travel time B (driving time).
vate/deactivate the Cornering lights (see comprises two separate and independent
trips: Trip A and Trip B concerning Note Trip B function can be excluded
the description in the Exterior lights (see paragraph Trip B On/Off). Range
paragraph). the complete mission of the car (jour-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ney). and Instant consumption cannot be re-

Proceed as follows to activate/deactivate set.
the lights (ON/OFF): Both functions are resettable (reset - start
of new mission). Values displayed
press the MODE button briefly, the dis- Range
LIGHTS AND
Trip A shall be used to display the fig-

MESSAGES
play will show On or Off flashing depend-

WARNING
ing on the previous setting; ures relating to: This indicates the approximate distance
which can be travelled with the present
press the or button to make the Range
amount of fuel in the tank. The display will
selection; Trip distance show the reading - - - - when the fol-
EMERGENCY
press the MODE button briefly to re- lowing events take place:
IN AN
Average consumption
turn to the menu screen or press the but- value lower than 50 km (or 30 mi)
ton for longer to return to the standard Instant consumption
screen without memorizing. car left parked with engine running for
Average speed
long.
Travel time (driving time).
CAR
Exit Menu
This is the last function that closes the cir-
cular setting cycle listed in the initial menu
TECHNICAL
screen.
Briefly press button MODE to go back to
the standard screen without storing set-
tings.
Press button to return to the first
INDEX
menu option (Speed Beep).
36

AND CONTROLS
IMPORTANT The variation of the auton- IMPORTANT The reset operation in the
DASHBOARD
omy value can be influenced by different presence of the screens concerning the
factors: driving style (see what is described Trip A makes it possible to reset only
in paragraph Driving style in the chap- the information associated with this func-
ter Start-up and driving), type of route tion.
(highways, urban, mountain, etc), use
IMPORTANT The reset operation in the
DEVICES
SAFETY
conditions of the car (load transported,
tire pressure, etc). What was described presence of the screens concerning the
previously must be taken in consideration Trip B makes it possible to reset only
when planning a trip. the information associated with this func-
CORRECT USE
tion.
OF THE CAR
F0Q0647m
fig. 26b
Trip distance Start of journey procedure
This value shows the distance covered TRIP button fig. 26b With ignition key at MAR, press and keep
from the start of the new mission. The TRIP button, set on right steering button TRIP pressed for over 2 seconds
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
column stalk, shall be used (with ignition to reset.
Average consumption key at MAR), to display and to reset the
previously described values to start a new Exit Trip
This value shows the average consump- mission:
tion from the start of the new mission. The TRIP function is quitted automati-
EMERGENCY
short push to display the different values; cally after all values have been displayed or
IN AN
Instant consumption long push to reset and then start a new by keeping button MODE pressed for
mission. over 1 second.
Represents the indicative average of con-
sumptions from the beginning of the new
New mission
mission.
CAR
Reset can be:
Average speed manual resetting by the user, by press-
This value shows the car average speed as ing the relevant button;
TECHNICAL
a function of the overall time elapsed since automatic resetting, when the trip
the start of the new mission. distance reaches 9999,9 km or when the
trip time reaches 99.59 (99 hours and
Travel time 59 minutes);
This value shows the time elapsed since after disconnecting/reconnecting the
INDEX
the start of the new mission. battery.
37

SEATS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Fabric upholstery of your car

is purpose-made to withstand
MANUALLY ADJUSTABLE common wear resulting from
normal use of the car. It is
FRONT SEATS fig. 27 however absolutely necessary to pre-
vent hard and/or prolonged scratch-
DEVICES
SAFETY
Moving the seat backwards ing/scraping caused by clothing acces-

or forwards sories like metallic buckles, studs, Vel-
Lift the lever A (on the internal side of the cro fixings, etc. that stressing locally
the fabric could break yarns and dam-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
seat) and push the seat forwards or back-

wards: in driving position the arms should age the upholstery as a consequence.
rest on the rim of the steering wheel.
Seat height adjustment

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Once you have released the

Move repeatedly lever B upwards or lever, check that the seat is
downwards to achieve the required firmly locked in the runners by
height. trying to move it back and
forth. Failure to lock the seat in place
EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT Adjustment must be car- could result in the seat moving sud-
IN AN
ried out only seated in the seat. F0Q0654m denly and the driver losing control of
fig. 27
the car.
Back rest angle adjustment
Turn the knob C.

Only make adjustments when
CAR
the car is stationary.

Lumbar adjustment
TECHNICAL
To adjust, turn the knob D.

INDEX
38

AND CONTROLS
Seat adjustment controls
DASHBOARD
are the following:
Multifunction control A:
to adjust height;
to move seat backwards or forwards.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Multifunction control B:
back rest angle adjustment;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0601m F0Q0013m
fig. 28 fig. 29
lumbar adjustment.
ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE Seat warming fig. 29
FRONT SEATS fig. 28 (for versions/markets, where provided)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
With ignition key at MAR, press buttons
Adjustment is possible when the ignition C to switch the seat warming on/off.
key is at MAR or within 1 minute with ig- The led on the button will light up when
nition key at STOP or removed. the function is on.
EMERGENCY
When opening one of the front doors, it
IN AN
is possible to adjust the seat on the side
of the door opened for about 3 minutes
or until closing the door.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
39

HEAD RESTRAINTS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
FRONT
Head restraints are adjustable in height
and they lock automatically in the required
DEVICES
SAFETY
position.
to raise: raise the head restraint until
hearing the locking click.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0655m F0Q0656m
fig. 30 fig. 31
to lower: press button A-fig. 30 and
lower the head restraint.
WARNING REAR
On some versions, the front head re-
straints are equipped with an anti-whiplash Remember that the head re- Car is can be equipped with two head
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
device, which is able to reduce the dis- straints should be adjusted restraints for side seats and, according to
tance between the head and head restraint to support the back of your head and versions, also with a third head restraint
in the case of rear impact, limiting damage not your neck. Only in this position for the central seat.
caused by whiplash. do they exert their protective action. To lift out head restraint: take it com-
EMERGENCY
If the front head restraint is anti-whiplash pletely out from the seat back (position of
IN AN
type, the head restraint may move if pres- use) until hearing a click.
sure is exercised on the back-rest through To bring it back to the original position
the torso or hand. This behaviour is typ- WARNING (non-use position): press button A-fig. 31
ical of the system and should not treated To optimise head restraint and lower the head restraint down into its
as a malfunction.
CAR
protective action, adjust the seat.

seat back upright and keep your head IMPORTANT Rear seat passengers shall
as close as possible to the head re- always set the head restraints in the po-
straint.
TECHNICAL
sition of use.
INDEX
40

STEERING WHEEL REARVIEW MIRRORS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
The steering wheel can be adjusted both DRIVING MIRROR
axially and in height.
The mirror is fitted with a safety device
Release the lever A-fig. 32 pulling it to- that causes it to be released in the event
DEVICES
SAFETY
wards the steering wheel, then adjust it in of a violent crash.
the most suitable position and lock it push-
ing the lever A fully forwards. Using lever A-fig. 33 the mirror can be
adjusted to two different positions: nor-
mal or antiglare.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0657m
fig. 32
WARNING
It is absolutely forbidden to
carry out whatever after-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
market operation involving steering
system or steering column modifica-
tions (e.g.: installation of anti-theft
device) that could badly affect per-
EMERGENCY
formance and safety, cause the lapse
IN AN
of warranty and also result in non-
compliance of the car with homolo-
gation requirements. fig. 33 F0Q0659m
CAR
WARNING
TECHNICAL
Any adjustment of the steer-
ing wheel position must be
carried out only with the car station-
ary and the engine turned off.
INDEX
41

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q00658m F0Q0623m F0Q0425m

fig. 34 fig. 35 fig. 36
DOOR MIRRORS Electrical adjustment Electric folding

This operation is only possible with igni- (for versions/markets, where provided)
Manual folding
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
tion key at MAR. This operation is only possible with igni-

When required (for example when the tion key at MAR.
mirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces) Proceed as follows:
it is possible to fold the mirror moving it Proceed as follows:
use switch A-fig. 35 to select the mir-
from position A-fig. 34 to position B. ror required (left or right); set selector A-fig. 36 to home position
EMERGENCY
(no mirror selected);

IN AN
to adjust the mirror move the joystick

B in the four directions. to fold the mirror move the joystick
B-fig. 36 in side directions;
to bring mirrors back to driving posi-
When driving the mirrors shall

always be in position A-fig. 34. tion press the joystick B again.
TECHNICAL CAR
As the drivers door mirror is

curved, it may slightly alter the
perception of distance.
INDEX
42

HEATING/CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
F0Q0668m
fig. 37
INDEX
1. Upper fixed vent for defrosting or demisting windscreen - 2. Centre adjustable vent -3. Fixed vents for defrosting or demisting
side windows - 4. Side adjustable and swivel vents - 5. Lower vents - 6. Rear adjustable and swivel outlet - 7. Rear feet area fixed
vents.
43

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0626m F0Q0627m F0Q0750m

fig. 38 fig. 40 fig. 41
CENTRAL VENTS fig. 40 REAR VENT fig. 41

A - Controls for directing air flow (for versions/markets, where provided)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
(up/down, right/left). A - Controls for directing air flow

B - Air flow adjusting controls: (up/down, right/left).
B - Air flow adjusting control:
= completely closed
= completely closed
EMERGENCY
O = completely open.
IN AN
F0Q0625m
fig. 39 Certain versions feature an oddment com-
partment instead of the rear vent.
SIDE SWIVEL OUTLETS AND

CAR
VENTS fig. 38-39

A - Fixed vent for side windows.
TECHNICAL
B - Air flow adjusting control:

= completely closed
C - Control for directing air flow
INDEX
(up/down, right/left).
44

HEATING AND
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
VENTILATION
CONTROLS fig. 42
DEVICES
SAFETY
A: Air temperature knob (mixing hot and
cold air)
B: Heated rear window on/off button
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
C: Fan knob
D: Air recirculation on/off button
E: Air distribution knob.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
WARMING THE PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
Proceed as follows:
EMERGENCY
IN AN
knob pointer A in the red section; F0Q0609m
fig. 42
knob pointer C on required speed;
turn the knob E to:
FRONT WINDOW After demisting/defrosting use common
CAR
to warm the feet and at the same FAST DEMISTING/DEFROSTING controls to maintain the optimum condi-
time demist the windscreen tions of visibility and comfort.
Proceed as follows:
to warm the feet and keep the face rotate completely knob A to the right;
TECHNICAL
cool (bilevel function)
turn knob C to -;
w to warm the feet of the passengers
in the front and rear seats turn knob E to -;
air recirculation off (button led T air recirculation off (button led T
off). off).
INDEX
45

AND CONTROLS
Preventive demisting procedure FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT SUPPLEMENTARY HEATER

DASHBOARD
In the event of considerable outside mois- To ventilate the passengers compartment (for versions/markets, where provided)
ture and/or rain and/or considerable dif- properly, proceed as follows: This device heats up the passenger com-
ferences in temperature inside and out- partment more rapidly in cold weather
side the passenger compartment, perform Central and side vents: completely
open; conditions with the engine coolant tem-
the following preventive demisting proce-
DEVICES
perature very low.

SAFETY
dure: Knob pointer A on blue section;

The additional heater is activated auto-
air recirculation off (button led T knob pointer C on required speed; matically by starting the engine, turning
off); knob A to the last red sector and oper-
CORRECT USE
Knob pointer E to ;
OF THE CAR
knob A turned to red section; ating the fan (knob C) on at least first
air recirculation off (button led T speed.
turn knob C to 2nd speed; off). The radiator is turned off automatically
turn knob E to - or to if the win- when conditions of comfort are achieved.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
dows do not demist. AIR RECIRCULATION

IMPORTANT heater activation is pre-
Pressing button T turns on this func- vented if the battery voltage is too low.
HEATED REAR WINDOW tion which is shown by the turning on of
AND DOOR MIRROR the led on the button. This function is par-
EMERGENCY
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING ticularly useful when the outside air is

IN AN
heavily polluted (in a traffic jam, tunnel,

Pressing button ( turns on this function etc.). However, it is better not to use it
which is shown by the turning on of the for long periods, especially if there are sev-
led on the button (. eral people in the car.
This function is timed and switches off au- IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation
CAR
tomatically after 20 minutes. To cut out system makes it possible to reach the re-
this function press again button (. quired heating or cooling conditions
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on faster. Do not use the air recirculation
TECHNICAL
the inside of the rear window over the function on rainy/cold days as it would
heating filaments to avoid damage that considerably increase the possibility of the
might cause it to stop working properly. windows misting inside.
INDEX
46

MANUAL CLIMATE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
CONTROL SYSTEM
DEVICES
SAFETY
CONTROLS fig. 43
A: Air temperature knob (mixing hot and
cold air)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
B: Heated rear window on/off button
C: Fan knob
D: Compressor on/off switch
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
E: Air recirculation on/off button
F: Air distribution knob.
EMERGENCY
WARMING THE PASSENGER
IN AN
COMPARTMENT F0Q0610m
fig. 43
Proceed as follows:
knob pointer A in the red section;
turn knob F to: air recirculation off (button led T
knob pointer C on required speed;
CAR
off).
to warm the feet and at the same time
demist the windscreen
to warm the feet and keep the face
TECHNICAL
cool (bilevel function)
w to warm the feet of the front and rear
passengers.
INDEX
47

AND CONTROLS
FRONT WINDOW Climate control system is very useful to FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT
DASHBOARD
FAST DEMISTING/DEFROSTING speed up demisting since it dehumidifies

the air. Set controls to demisting function To ventilate the passengers compartment
Proceed as follows: and switch on the climate control system properly, proceed as follows:
press button ; by pressing button . Central and side vents: completely
open;
rotate completely knob A to the right;
DEVICES
SAFETY
HEATED REAR WINDOW Knob pointer A on blue section;

turn knob C to -; AND DOOR MIRROR
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING knob pointer C on required speed;
turn knob F to -;
CORRECT USE
Pressing button ( turns on this function Knob pointer F to ;

OF THE CAR
air recirculation off (button led T which is shown by the turning on of the
off). air recirculation off (button led T
led on the button (. off).
After demisting/defrosting use common This function is timed and switches off au-
controls to maintain the optimum condi-
LIGHTS AND
tomatically after 20 minutes. To cut out

MESSAGES
WARNING
tions of visibility and comfort. this function press again button (.

Preventive demisting procedure IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on
the inside of the rear window over the
In the event of considerable outside mois-
EMERGENCY
heating filaments to avoid damage that

ture and/or rain and/or considerable dif-
IN AN
might cause it to stop working properly.

ferences in temperature inside and out-
side the passenger compartment, perform
the following preventive demisting proce-
dure:
CAR
press button ;
air recirculation off (button led T
off);
TECHNICAL
knob A turned to red section;

turn knob C to 2nd speed;
turn knob F to - or to if the win-
dows do not demist.
INDEX
48

AND CONTROLS
AIR RECIRCULATION CLIMATE CONTROL (cooling) SUPPLEMENTARY HEATER
DASHBOARD
Pressing button T turns on this func- Proceed as follows: (for versions/markets, where provided)
tion which is shown by the turning on of This device heats up the passenger com-
the led on the button. Knob pointer A on blue section;
partment more rapidly in cold weather
This function is particularly useful when knob pointer C on required speed; conditions with the engine coolant tem-
DEVICES
perature very low.
SAFETY
the outside air is heavily polluted (in a traf- Knob pointer F to ;
fic jam, tunnel, etc.) However, it is better The additional heater is activated auto-
not to use it for long periods, especially Press buttons and T (button leds matically by starting the engine, turning
if there are several people in the car. on). knob A to the last red sector and oper-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation ating the fan (knob C) on at least first
Cooling adjustment speed.
system makes it possible to reach the re-
quired heating or cooling conditions Proceed as follows: The radiator is turned off automatically
faster. Do not use the air recirculation when conditions of comfort are achieved.
Turn off button T (button led off);
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
function on rainy/cold days as it would
considerably increase the possibility of the turn knob A to the right to raise tem- IMPORTANT heater activation is pre-
windows misting inside. perature; vented if the battery voltage is too low.
Turn knob C to the left to reduce the LOOKING AFTER THE SYSTEM
EMERGENCY
fan speed.
IN AN
During winter, the climate control system
must be turned on at least once a month
for about 10 minutes. Before summer,
have the system checked at a Fiat Deal-
ership.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
49

AUTOMATIC
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
TWO-ZONE CLIMATE
CONTROL SYSTEM
DEVICES
SAFETY
DESCRIPTION
The car is fitted with a two-zone climate
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
control system which makes it possible to

separately adjust the air temperature on
the drivers side and on the passengers
side.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
The system is fitted with the AQS func-

WARNING
tion (Air Quality System) that turns on in-

side air recirculation automatically when
the antipollution sensor detects the pres-
ence of outside polluted air (for example
EMERGENCY
when driving in the city, queues and tun-

IN AN
nels). fig. 44
F0Q0611m
CONTROLS fig. 44
E: Button for aligning the temperature H: MAX-DEF function button (front win-
A: Button for selecting the system auto- set on the passengers side with that dow fast defrosting/demisting)
CAR
matic mode (AUTO) and knob to ad- on the drivers side (MONO) and
just temperature on driver side knob to adjust temperature on pas- I: Passenger compartment temperature
senger side sensor
B: Air distribution selection button
TECHNICAL
F: Two-zone climate control on/off but- L: Inside air recirculation and AQS func-
C: Display showing climate control sys- tion on/off button
tem data ton
G: Rear window heating on/off button M: Climate control compressor on/off
D: Knob for adjusting fan speed button
INDEX
50

AND CONTROLS
SWITCHING THE CLIMATE HOW TO USE THE It is possible to personalise the choices
DASHBOARD
CONTROL SYSTEM ON AUTOMATIC FUNCTION made automatically by the system inter-
(AUTO) vening manually on the following controls:
The system can be started by pressing any
button, but it is advisable to set the tem- Press button AUTO; the system will au- fan speed adjustment knob;
peratures required on the display; tomatically adjust: air distribution selection button;
DEVICES
then press button AUTO.
SAFETY
air inlet in the passengers compart- inside air recirculation and AQS func-
It is possible to personalise required tem- ment; tion on/off button;
peratures (driver and passenger) with a
maximum difference of 7C. air distribution in the passengers com- climate control compressor button.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
partment;
The climate control system compressor
works only with the engine running and thus cancelling all the previous manual ad-
outside temperature over 4C. justments.
WARNING
When the climate control system is work-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ing automatically, FULL AUTO is dis- It is inadvisable to use air re-
played. circulation on rainy/cold
days as it would considerably increase
the possibility of windows misting up
inside.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
51

AND CONTROLS
FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT FAST FRONT WINDOW HEATED REAR WINDOW

DASHBOARD
To adjust the fan speed, press button p. DEMISTING/DEFROSTING AND DOOR MIRROR
(MAX-DEF function) DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
The 12 selectable speeds are shown by the
lighting up of the bars on the climate con- Pressing button - the climate control Pressing button ( activates this function.
trol system display: automatically activates timed operation of When this function is on, the button led
DEVICES
all the functions required to quicken is on.

SAFETY
max fan speed = all bars lit demisting/defrosting of the windscreen

and front side windows, i.e.: This function is timed and switches off au-
min fan speed = one bar lit. tomatically after 20 minutes. To cut out
switches on climate control compres- this function press again button (.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The fan can be cut off (all bars off) only if sor (if outside temperature exceeds
the climate control compressor has been 4C); IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on
switched off pressing button . the inside of the rear window over the
switches off inside air recirculation, if heating filaments to avoid damage that
To restore automatic fan speed control, on (button led T off); might cause it to stop working properly.
LIGHTS AND
after a manual adjustment, press button

MESSAGES
WARNING
AUTO. switches on heated rear window (but- IMPORTANT Press button T to ob-
ton led - on) and door mirror coils; tain outside air inlet into passenger com-
partment (in this event the button led is
sets max air temperature; off).
EMERGENCY
activates proper air flow.

IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
52

AND CONTROLS
INSIDE AIR RECIRCULATION Pressing button OFF, the climate control AQS (Air Quality System)
DASHBOARD
ON/OFF AND AQS FUNCTION system turns on automatically the inside function activation
(Air Quality System) BUTTON air recirculation function (button led
T on). In these conditions it is how- The AQS function, (message AQS on the
Press button T. ever possible to take air from the outside display), turns on air recirculation auto-
(and vice versa) pressing button T matically when it detects the presence of
Inside air recirculation is controlled by
DEVICES
outside polluted air (for example when
SAFETY
three operating logics: (button led off).
driving in queues and tunnels).
automatic control, indicated by message With button OFF pressed (button led on),
the AQS (Air Quality System) function IMPORTANT When the AQS function is
AQS on the display and button led active, after 15 minutes of consecutive in-
CORRECT USE
T off; cannot be activated.
OF THE CAR
ternal air recirculation, the climate con-
forced switching off (inside air recircu- IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation trol system enables outside air inlet (re-
lation always off with air inlet from out- system makes it possible to reach the regardless of air pollution level) for approx.
side), button led T off; quired heating or cooling conditions 1 minute to change air inside the passen-
faster. It is however inadvisable to use it ger compartment.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
forced switching on (inside air recircu- on rainy/cold days as it would consider-
lation always on with air inlet from out- ably increase the possibility of the win-
side), button led T on. dows misting inside, especially if the cli-
mate control system is off. It is advisable
EMERGENCY
to turn on the inside air recirculation sys-
IN AN
tem in queues or tunnels to avoid admit-
ting polluted air from outside. The pro-
longed use of this function should how-
ever be avoided, especially with several
persons on board, to avoid the possibili-
CAR
ty of the windows misting inside.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
53

AND CONTROLS
ALIGNMENT OF SET CLIMATE CONTROL AIR DISTRIBUTION SELECTION

DASHBOARD
TEMPERATURES COMPRESSOR ON/OFF Pressing one or more buttons Q/E/Z it

(MONO function) Press button to switch on the climate is possible to choose manually 7 of the
Pressing button MONO automatically control compressor. possible air distributions to the passenger
aligns the temperature on the passengers compartment:
DEVICES
side with that on the drivers side.

SAFETY
Compressor on Q Air flow to the windscreen and

Turn the knob AUTO or MONO to button led on; front side window vents to demist
raise/reduce the temperature between the or defrost them.
two zones by the same value. symbol on the display, lit.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Z Air flow towards the front and

Press again MONO to disable the func- Compressor off rear lower parts of the passenger
tion. compartment. This type of distri-
button led off;
bution allows heating of the pas-
symbol on the display, off;
LIGHTS AND
senger compartment in the short-

MESSAGES
WARNING
inside air recirculation off; est time.

AQS function disabled. Q Splitting of the air flow between
E
Z front and rear vents, centre and
EMERGENCY
With the climate control compressor off, side dashboard outlets, rear out-
IN AN
it is not possible to admit air to the pas- let, windscreen and front side win-
senger compartment with a temperature
below the outside temperature; in this dow demisting vents.
case symbol flashes on the display. E Air flow to the dashboard centre
The switching off of the climate control and side outlets (passengers
CAR
compressor remains in storage even when body).

the engine has been stopped. To restore
automatic control for switching on the cli-
mate control compressor, press button
TECHNICAL
or AUTO, in which case, the other man-

ual settings set will be cancelled.
INDEX
54

AND CONTROLS
Splitting of the air flow between IMPORTANT For operation of the cli- SWITCHING THE CLIMATE
DASHBOARD
Z feet vents and windscreen and mate control system, at least one of but- CONTROL SYSTEM OFF
front side window demisting/ de- tons Q/E/Z shall be activated. Deacti-
frosting vents. This type of air dis- vation of all buttons Q/E/Z is therefore Press button OFF.
tribution allows satisfactory heat- not enabled by the system. The following information is displayed:
ing of the passenger compartment
IMPORTANT To switch the system on writing OFF;
DEVICES
SAFETY
while preventing possible misting
of the windows. again, press button OFF; this operation re-
sets all operating conditions stored before outside temperature;
E Splitting of the air flow between switching off. inside air recirculation on (button led
Z feet vents (warmest air) and the
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
To restore automatic air distribution con- T on).
dashboard centre and side outlets
and the rear outlet (coolest air). trol after a manual selection, press button
AUTO.
Q Splitting of the air flow between
E centre and side dashboard outlets,
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
rear outlet and windscreen and SUPPLEMENTARY HEATER
side window demisting/defrosting (for versions/markets, where provided)
vents. This type of air distribution This device heats up the passenger com-
allows satisfactory ventilation of partment more rapidly in cold weather
EMERGENCY
the passenger compartment while conditions with the engine coolant tem-
IN AN
preventing possible misting of the perature very low.
windows.
In the above climate conditions, the de-
vice comes on automatically when the en-
gine is started with at least one bar of the
CAR
fan speed indicator lit up.
The radiator is turned off automatically
when conditions of comfort are achieved.
TECHNICAL
IMPORTANT heater activation is pre-
vented if the battery voltage is too low.
INDEX
55

EXTERNAL LIGHTS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
The left-hand stalk fig. 45 controls the ex-

ternal lights.
The external lights can only be switched
DEVICES
SAFETY
on when the ignition key is at MAR.
LIGHTS SWITCHED OFF

CORRECT USE
Knurled ring turned to O.

OF THE CAR
F0Q0649m F0Q0650m
fig. 45 fig. 46
SIDELIGHTS PARKING LIGHTS DIRECTION INDICATORS

Turn the knurled ring to 6. fig. 46
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
The warning light 3 on the instrument These lights can only be turned on with ig- Push the stalk to (stable) position:
panel will turn on. nition key at STOP or removed, by mov-
ing the left stalk knurled ring first to O and up (position 1): right-hand direction in-
then to 6 or 2. dicator on
DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS
Warning light 3 on the instrument pan- down (position 2): left-hand direction
EMERGENCY
Turn the knurled ring to 2.

IN AN
el will turn on. To select the right or left indicator on

The warning light 3 on the instrument lights use the direction indicator stalk.
Warning light or will come on flash-
panel will turn on. ing on the instrument cluster at the same
FLASHING THE HEADLIGHTS
time.
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel
CAR
(unstable position) regardless of the po- Indicators are switched off automatically
When the knurled ring is at 2 push the sition of the knurled ring. when the steering wheel is straightened.
lever towards the dashboard (stable posi-
tion). The warning light 1 on the instrument Lane change function
TECHNICAL
panel will turn on.

The warning light 1 on the instrument If you want the indicator to flash briefly to
panel will turn on. show that you are about to change lane,
To turn the main beams off, pull the stalk move the left stalk to unstable position for
towards the steering wheel (dipped beams less than one second. The direction indi-
INDEX
will turn on again). cator of the side selected will flash 5 times
and then it will turn off automatically.
56

AND CONTROLS
AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTS
DASHBOARD
SENSOR (daylight sensor) fig. 48
It detects the changes of the external light
intensity of the car according to the light
DEVICES
sensitivity set: greater is the sensitivity,
SAFETY
smaller is the amount of external light nec-
essary to control the switching-on of the
exterior headlights. The daylight sensor
CORRECT USE
sensitivity can be adjusted with the Set-
OF THE CAR
F0Q0651m F0Q0652m
fig. 47 fig. 48
up Menu of the instrument panel.
Cornering lights Activation
Activation
With low beams on at a speed of less than With the ignition key at STOP or re-
LIGHTS AND
Turn the knurled ring to 2 A : in this way,
MESSAGES
WARNING
40 km/h, when the steering wheel is moved, pull the stalk towards the steering
turned through a large angle or upon ac- wheel and operate it within 2 minutes the automatic activation of the
tivation of the direction indicator, a light from when the engine is turned off. side/taillights and dipped beam headlights
(incorporated in the fog lamp) will come are simultaneously enabled according to
on to expand the angle of night-time visi- At each single movement of the stalk, the the external luminosity.
EMERGENCY
bility on the side to which the vehicle is staying on of the lights is extended by 30
IN AN
seconds up to a maximum of 210 seconds; During the sensor operation lights can on-
turned. ly be made flashing.
then the lights are switched off automati-
cally.
FOLLOW ME HOME Deactivation
DEVICE fig. 47 Each time the lever is operated, the in-
strument panel warning light 3 turns
CAR
As a result of the sensor deactivation, the
This function allows the illumination of the on (together with the message on the dis- main beam headlights will switch off and,
space in front of the car for a preset pe- play) (see section Warning lights and after about 10 seconds, sidelights will
riod of time. messages). switch off too.
TECHNICAL
The light sensor is not able to detect the
Deactivation fog presence, lights shall therefore be
Keep the stalk pulled towards the steer- switched on manually.
ing wheel for more than 2 seconds.
INDEX
57

058-082 BRAVO GB.qxd 8-04-2010 10:17 Pagina 58
WINDOW WASHING
AND CONTROLS
IMPORTANT When the wiper is on, en-

DASHBOARD
gaging reverse gear automatically turns on

the rear window wiper.
WINDSCREEN WASHER/
WIPER fig. 49
The device can only work when the igni-
DEVICES
SAFETY
tion key is at MAR. Never use the window wiper

to remove ice or snow from
The stalk can be moved to five different the windscreen. In these con-
positions: ditions, the wiper is submitted
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A: windscreen wiper off. to excessive effort that results in mo-

tor protection cutting in and wiper op-
B: flick wipe. eration inhibition for few seconds as a
consequence. If operation is not re-
With the stalk in position B, turning the stored contact Fiat Dealership.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
knurled ring F four possible intermittent

speeds are obtained:
, = very slow intermittent
EMERGENCY
= slow intermittent.
IN AN
= intermittent medium.
F0Q0645m
= fast intermittent. fig. 49
C: continuous slow; Operation in position E is limited to the

CAR
D: continuous fast; time the lever is held in this position.

When the lever is released, it returns to
E: fast temporary (unstable position). position A automatically stopping the
wiper.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
58

AND CONTROLS
Activation
DASHBOARD
Move the right-hand stalk downwards by
one position.
The activation of the rain sensor is sig-
nalled by a control acquisition stroke.
DEVICES
SAFETY
IMPORTANT Keep clean the glass in the
sensor area.
Turning the knurled ring F-fig. 49 it is
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0646m F0Q0014m
fig. 50 fig. 51 possible to increase the sensitivity of the
rain sensor, obtaining a quicker change
Smart washing function fig. 50 RAIN SENSOR from stationary (no wiping) when the
(for versions/markets, where provided) windscreen is dry, to first continuous
Pulling the lever towards the steering speed (continuous slow).
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
wheel (unstable position) operates the The rain sensor A-fig. 51 is behind the
windscreen washer. driving mirror in contact with the wind- The increase of the sensitivity of the rain
screen and has the purpose of automati- sensor is signalled by a control and acqui-
Keeping the stalk pulled, with just one sition stroke.
movement it is possible to operate the cally adjust, during the intermittent oper-
ation, the frequency of the windscreen
EMERGENCY
washer jet and the wiper at the same time; Operating the windscreen washer with
IN AN
indeed, the latter comes into action au- wiper strokes as to the rain intensity. the rain sensor activated the normal wash-
tomatically if the stalk is pulled for more The sensor has a range of adjustment that ing cycle is performed at the end of which
than half a second. gradually varies between wiper stationary the rain sensor resumes its normal auto-
matic function.
The wiper stops working a few strokes af- (no wiping) when the windscreen is dry,
to wiper at first continuous speed (con-
CAR
ter releasing the stalk; a further cleaning
stroke, after a few seconds, completes tinuous slow) with heavy rain.
the wiping operation.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
59

AND CONTROLS
Deactivation
DASHBOARD
Turn the ignition key to STOP.

At next engine starting (key at MAR), the
sensor will not be reactivated even is the
stalk is on B-fig. 49. In this event, to ac-
DEVICES
SAFETY
tivate the rain sensor, you have to move

the stalk to A or C and then again to B.
When the rain sensor is again activated in
CORRECT USE
this way, at least one windscreen wiper

OF THE CAR
F0Q0653m F0Q0018m
fig. 52 fig. 53
stroke occurs, even if the windscreen is
dry.
REAR SCREEN WIPER/ When the lever is held in this position for
REAR SCREEN WASHER fig. 52 longer than half a second, the rear wiper
is also operated. When the lever is re-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
This operates only with the ignition turned leased, smart washing is activated, as for
Do not activate the rain sen- to MAR. Operation ceases when the the windscreen wiper.
sor when washing the car in lever is released.
an automatic washing station. HEADLIGHT WASHER fig. 53
When the wheel on the lever is turned (for versions/markets, where provided)
EMERGENCY
from position O to position ', the rear

IN AN
wiper operates as follows: Car headlight washers are retractable,

i.e.: they are located inside the front
in intermittent mode when the rear bumpers and they are activated (with
In the event of ice on the wiper is not in operation; dipped beam headlights and/or main beam
windscreen, make sure to have headlights on) when the windscreen wash-
disconnected the device. in synchronous mode (at half the rate
CAR
er is operated.
of the windscreen wiper) when the IMPORTANT Check at regular intervals
windscreen wiper is working; correct operation and cleanness of nozzles.
in continuous mode, with reverse en-
TECHNICAL
WARNING gaged and the control active.

Never use the rear window
Make sure to have discon- With the windscreen wiper in operation wiper to remove ice or snow
nected the device when and reverse engaged, continuous opera- from the rear window. In these
cleaning the windscreen. tion of the rear screen wiper is also acti- conditions, the wiper is sub-
INDEX
vated. When the lever is pushed toward mitted to excessive effort that results
the dashboard (unstable position), the rear in motor protection cutting in and
washer jet is also activated. wiper operation inhibition for few sec-
onds as a consequence. If operation is
60 not restored contact Fiat Dealership.

CRUISE CONTROL
AND CONTROLS
TO MEMORISE SPEED
DASHBOARD
(constant speed Proceed as follows:
regulator) turn the knurled ring A-fig. 54 to ON
and press the accelerator pedal to the
(for versions/markets, where provided) required speed;
DEVICES
SAFETY
It is a device able to support the driver, turn the knurled ring B to (+) for at
with electronic control, which allows dri- least three seconds, then release it. The
ving at speed over 30 km/h on long and car speed is memorised and it is there-
CORRECT USE
fore possible to release the accelerator
OF THE CAR
straight dry roads (e.g.: motorways), at a fig. 54 F0Q0648m
desired speed, without pressing the ac- pedal.

celerator pedal. DEVICE ENGAGEMENT In the case of need (when overtaking for
Therefore it is not suggested to use this instance) acceleration is possible simply
Turn knurled ring A-fig. 54 to ON. pressing the accelerator pedal: releasing
device on extra-urban roads with traffic.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Do not use it in town. The device may only be engaged in 4th or the accelerator pedal, the car will return
higher speeds. Travelling downhill with the to the speed memorised previously.
device engaged, the car speed may in-
crease more than the memorised one.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
When the device is activated, the warning
light on the instrument panel turns on
(together with the message on the display)
(see section Warning lights and mes-
sages).
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
61

AND CONTROLS
TO RESET THE TO REDUCE DEVICE DISENGAGEMENT

DASHBOARD
MEMORISED SPEED MEMORISED SPEED Turn the knurled ring A-fig. 54 to OFF
If the device has been disengaged for ex- The speed memorised can be increased in or the ignition key to STOP. The device
ample pressing the brake or clutch pedal, two ways: is automatically deactivated also in one of
the memorised speed can be reset as fol- the following cases:
disengaging the device and then mem-
DEVICES
lows:
SAFETY
orising the new speed; pressing the brake or clutch pedal;

accelerate gradually until reaching a ASR or ESP cut-in (for versions/ mar-
speed approaching the one memorised; or
kets, where provided);
engage the gear selected at the time of keeping the knurled ring B-fig. 54 to
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
() until reaching the new speed which changing gear on versions with a Dua-
speed memorising (4th, 5th or 6th gear); logic gearbox (for versions/markets,
will be memorised automatically.
press button C-fig. 54. where provided), if in Manual mode
Each turn of the knurled ring will corre-
spond to a slight reduction in speed (about inadvertently moving the Dualogic gear
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
TO INCREASE THE
WARNING
1 km/h), while keeping the knurled ring lever (for versions/markets, where pro-
MEMORISED SPEED turned will correspond to a continuous vided) to position N or R.
The speed memorised can be increased in speed reduction.
two ways:
EMERGENCY
pressing the accelerator and then mem- WARNING

IN AN
orising the new speed reached; Whilst driving with the de-
or vice on, do not place the
gear lever in neutral and do not move
turning the knurled ring B-fig. 54 tem- the Dualogic gear lever into position
CAR
porarily to (+). N or R.
Each turn of the knurled ring will corre-
spond to a slight increase in speed (about WARNING
1 km/h), while keeping the knurled ring
TECHNICAL
turned will correspond to a continuous In the event of device mal-

speed increase. function or failure, turn the
knurled ring A-fig. 54 to OFF and con-
tact a Fiat Dealership after checking
the protection fuse integrity.
INDEX
62

CEILING LIGHTS
AND CONTROLS
Ceiling light timing
DASHBOARD
To facilitate getting in/out of the car at
FRONT CEILING LIGHT night or with poor lighting, 2 different
WITH SPOT LIGHTS fig. 55 timed switching on modes have been
provided.
Switch A turns on/off the ceiling lights.
DEVICES
SAFETY
With switch A in central position, lights Light timing when getting into the car
C and D turn on/off when opening/closing Lights will turn on as follows:
the front doors.
CORRECT USE
for about 10 seconds when opening
OF THE CAR
F0Q0669m
fig. 55
With switch A pressed on the left side, front doors;
lights C and D will always stay off. With
switch A pressed on the right side, lights IMPORTANT Before getting out of the for about 3 minutes when opening one
C and D will always stay on. car, make sure the switch is at central po- of the side doors;
sition: lights off with doors closed in or-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Light turning on/off is gradual. der to avoid draining the battery. In any for about 10 seconds when closing the
case, if the switch is left inadvertently to doors.
Switch B performs the spot function; with the On position, the lights will turn off au- Timing will stop when turning the ignition
ceiling light off, it will turn on: tomatically 15 minutes after turning the key to MAR.
EMERGENCY
engine off.
light C if pressed on the left side;
IN AN
light D if pressed on the right side.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
63

AND CONTROLS
Light timing when getting out of the car

DASHBOARD
After removing the key from the ignition

switch, the ceiling lights will turn on as fol-
lows:
within 2 minutes from turning the en-
DEVICES
SAFETY
gine off for about 10 seconds;

when opening one of the side doors for
about 3 minutes;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0670m F0Q0740m
when closing one of the doors for fig. 56 fig. 57
about 10 seconds.
REAR CEILING LIGHT Versions with sunroof fig. 57
when fuel cut-off switch is activated,
they stay on for about 15 minutes, and These versions are equipped with only
LIGHTS AND
Versions without sunroof fig. 56

MESSAGES
WARNING
then go off automatically. one ceiling light.

Timing will stop automatically when lock- These versions are equipped with two To turn this light on/off press at the point
ing the doors (unless the fuel cut-off rear ceiling lights. shown by the arrow (mark + on the ceil-
switch has been activated). To turn these lights on/off press at the ing light lens).
EMERGENCY
point shown by the arrow (mark + on the

IN AN
When the front ceiling light is on, also the

ceiling light lens). rear ceiling light will come on.
When the front ceiling light is on, also the
rear ceiling lights will come on.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
64

CONTROLS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
HAZARD LIGHTS
They turn on by pressing switch
A-fig. 58, regardless of the position of the
DEVICES
SAFETY
ignition key.
When the function is active, warning lights
and on the panel blink.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0637m F0Q0638m
fig. 58 fig. 60
To switch off, press again the button A.
The use of hazard lights is governed by the FUEL CUT-OFF SWITCH fig. 60
Highway Code of the country you are in. (as an alternative to the fuel cut off
Keep to the rules. system, for versions/markets where
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
provided)
Emergency braking
It is located next to the passengers door
In the event of emergency braking the post, at the bottom, and comes into op-
emergency lights automatically turn on and eration in the case of a crash:
EMERGENCY
at the same time the lights and turn
IN AN
on on the dashboard. cutting off fuel and switching off the
The function automatically turns off when engine;
F0Q0636m
fig. 59
the emergency braking stops. automatically unlocking the doors;
This function complies with the current ap- REAR FOG LIGHTS switching on interior lights (for about
CAR
plicable laws. 15 minutes).
To turn rear fog lights on, press button
FRONT FOG LIGHTS C-fig. 59, to activate these lights it is nec-
essary to have the dipped beams or front
TECHNICAL
(for versions/markets, where provided) fog lights switched on.
To turn front fog lights on, press button Press the button again to turn the lights
B-fig. 59 to activate these lights it is nec- off.
essary to have the side/taillights switched
on.
INDEX
Press the button again to turn the lights
off.
65

AND CONTROLS
When the switch comes into operation, FUEL CUT-OFF SYSTEM To reset car operation, follow this pro-
DASHBOARD
the instrument panel warning light or (as an alternative to the fuel cut off cedure:
symbol will turn on (together with the switch, for versions/markets where
message on the display) (see section provided) turn the ignition key to MAR;
This system intervenes in the event of a activate the right-hand indicator;
Carefully inspect the car to find fuel leaks, collision, activating: deactivate the right-hand indicator;
DEVICES
SAFETY
e.g. in the engine compartment, under the

car or near the tank. cut off of fuel supply with resultant en- activate the left-hand indicator;
gine shut down;
If no fuel leaks are found and the car can deactivate the left-hand indicator;
automatic door lock release;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
be started again, press button A to reset activate the right-hand indicator;

the fuel system and the lights. activation of all lights inside the car.
deactivate the right-hand indicator;
After a crash, remember to turn the igni- The intervention of the system is indicat-
tion key to STOP to prevent battery run- ed by a message shown on the display. activate the left-hand indicator;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
down. deactivate the left-hand indicator;

Carefully check the car for fuel leaks, for
instance in the engine compartment, un- turn the ignition key to STOP.
der the car or near the tank area.
Following a collision, turn the ignition key
EMERGENCY
WARNING
IN AN
to STOP to avoid draining the battery.

If, after a crash, you smell fu-
el or see leaks from the fuel WARNING
system, do not reset the switch to If, after a crash, you smell fu-
avoid fire risk. el or notice leaks from the

fuel system, do not reset the system
CAR
to avoid fire risk.

TECHNICAL
INDEX
66

INTERIOR FITTINGS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
FRONT ARMREST WITH
ODDMENT COMPARTMENT
It is located between the front seats. An
DEVICES
SAFETY
oddment compartment and a conditioned
food box (for versions/markets, where
provided) are fitted inside the armrest fig. 61 F0Q0631m
fig. 63 F0Q0634m
(see next paragraphs).
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The armrest can be adjusted longitudinal-
ly by operating the cover A-fig. 61.
Oddment compartment
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Opening the cover A-fig. 61 of the tray
is allowed only if the armrest is fully low-
ered and fastened. To access the tray B-
fig. 62 lift cover A.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
F0Q0632m F0Q0633m
fig. 62 fig. 64
Pay attention not to spill the
drinks: the food box bottom Conditioned food box IMPORTANT The food box function is to
however is provided with a hole keep the temperature of drinks, that must
Press button A-fig. 63 and raise the arm-
CAR
to drain spilled liquids, if any. be warmed or cooled before being fitted
rest B to reach the conditioned food box inside the food box
fig. 64.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
67

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0635m F0Q0012m
fig. 66 fig. 67
ODDMENT COMPARTMENTS Oddment compartment under

drivers seat fig. 67
Oddment compartment on
LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES
WARNING
passengers side
Certain versions are fitted with an odd-
Open the oddment compartment moving ment compartment under the passengers
the handle A-fig. 66 as shown by the ar- seat: only stow objects weighing less than
row.
EMERGENCY
F0Q0010m
1.5 kg.
fig. 65
IN AN
When the oddment compartment is Operate handle A-fig. 67 to open the

opened, an interior courtesy light comes compartment.
REAR ARMREST on. Such light stays on for about 15 min-
(for versions/markets, where provided) utes after having turned the key to STOP.
To use the rear armrest A-fig. 65, low- If during this time a door or the boot are
CAR
er it as shown in the figure. opened, the light will come on again for
about 15 minutes.
The armrest houses two recesses
B for holding glasses and/or cans. To use
TECHNICAL
them pull the tab C in arrow direction. WARNING

Inside the armrest, after lifting the cover, Never travel with the odd-
there is an oddment compartment. ment compartments open to
prevent risk of injuries in the event of
a crash.
INDEX
68

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0016m F0Q0629m F0Q0630m
fig. 68 fig. 68/a fig. 69
CURRENT OUTLET (12V) CIGAR LIGHTER ASHTRAY

The current outlet is located on the cen- (for versions/markets, where provided) (for versions/markets, where provided)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
tral console and it only works with igni- It is located on the central console, near It consists of a spring-release removable
tion key at MAR. If the smokers kit is re- the handbrake lever. plastic container fig. 69, that can be lo-
quested, the current outlet will be re- cated in the glass/can holder recesses on
placed by the cigar lighter (see next para- Press button A-fig. 68/a to switch on the the central console.
graph). cigar lighter with ignition key at MAR.
EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT Do not use the ashtray as
IN AN
Some versions may also be fitted with a After few seconds the button will return waste paper basket: it might set on fire in
power point A-fig. 68 located in the lug- to its initial position and is ready for use. contact with cigarette stubs.
gage compartment. IMPORTANT Always check that the cig-
ar lighter has turned off.
CAR
IMPORTANT The cigar lighter gets very
hot. Handle it with care and make sure
that it is not used by children: danger of
fire and/or burns.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
69

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0671m F0Q0672m F0Q0674m

fig. 70 fig. 71 fig. 73
GLASS HOLDERS fig. 70

The central console houses two recess-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
es for glasses, cups or cans.

EMERGENCY
IN AN
F0Q0673m F0Q0676m
fig. 72 fig. 74
ODDMENT COMPARTMENTS
CAR
They are set near the cigar lighter

fig. 71, near the handbrake fig. 72, and
front and rear doors fig. 73 and fig. 74.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
70

AND CONTROLS
SUN VISORS fig. 75 The passengers sun visor also carries the
DASHBOARD
symbols and the message concerning the
Drivers side correct use of the child restraint system
with passengers air bag (for further in-
On certain versions, the drivers sun visor formation see paragraph Passengers
is fitted with a courtesy mirror and a light. front Air bag in section Safety devices).
DEVICES
SAFETY
Passengers side
The passengers sun visor is fitted with a
CORRECT USE
courtesy mirror (on certain versions the
OF THE CAR
F0Q0675m
fig. 75
mirror is fitted with a light).
Driver and passengers sun visors can be Lift the lid A to use the mirror.
adjusted forwards and sidewards.
When the ignition key is at STOP, the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
On certain versions, the passengers sun light stays on for about 15 minutes: if in
visor is fitted, on the back, with a courtesy this period a door or the tailgate is
mirror with a light that enables to use the opened, the light will stay on for another
mirror also with poor sunlight. 15 minutes.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
71

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
SUNROOF
The sunroof consists of two wide panes

DEVICES
(a fixed one and a moving one), fitted with

SAFETY
two manually-operated sun curtains (front

and rear).
Sun curtains can be used in wide close
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
and wide open positions (no fix inter- F0Q0737m F0Q0678m

mediate positions). fig. 76 fig. 77
To open sun curtains: take handgrip A- To open To close

fig. 76, release it and guide it in the di-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
rection of the arrow to the wide open Press button B-fig. 77 and hold down to When in fully opened position, press but-
position. move the front glass panel to spoiler po- ton A-fig. 77 and if the button is operat-
sition. Press button B again and hold down ed for longer than half a second, the roof
To close them reverse the above proce- the control for longer than half a second front glass will automatically move to in-
dure. Sunroof only works with ignition key to start the movement of the sun-roof termediate position (Comfort position).
EMERGENCY
at MAR. Controls A and B-fig. 77 set on glass, which will continue automatically
IN AN
the special panel near the ceiling light shall to an intermediate position (Comfort Operate the button again for longer than
be used to open/close the sunroof. position). half a second and the roof will move to
spoiler position. When the closure button
Press the opening control again for longer is closed again, the sun-roof will move to
than half a second and the sun-roof will fully closed position.
CAR
automatically to the end of its travel. The

sun-roof glass may be halted in an inter-
mediate position by operating the button
again.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
72

AND CONTROLS
WARNING ANTI-CRUSHING SAFETY
DASHBOARD
Use the sunroof only in spoil-
er position if cross roof rack SYSTEM
When leaving the car, the ig-
is fitted. nition key should be removed Sunroof is fitted with anti-crushing safety
to prevent the sunroof from being op- system that detects the presence of an ob-
erated inadvertently and harming any- stacle during sunroof closing stroke and
DEVICES
one remaining in the car. Improper use that cuts in by stopping and reversing the
SAFETY
of the sunroof can be dangerous. Be- sunroof stroke.
Do not open the sunroof if fore and during its operation ensure
there is snow or ice on it: it that any passengers are not at risk
CORRECT USE
from the moving roof either by per-
OF THE CAR
could be damaged.
sonal objects getting caught in the
mechanism or by being injured by it di-
rectly.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
73

AND CONTROLS
INITIALISATION PROCEDURE EMERGENCY OPERATION

DASHBOARD
Sunroof shall be re-initialised after dis- If the switch does not work, the sunroof
connecting the battery or if the relevant can be operated manually as follows:
protection fuse is blown.
remove the protection cap A-fig. 78
Proceed as follows: set on the rear part of the internal cov-
DEVICES
SAFETY
ering;
Press button A-fig. 77 until the roof
is fully closed. Release the button; take the setscrew wrench provided in
the container of the car documents or
press button A and hold down for at
CORRECT USE
in the boot (versions with Fix&Go au-

OF THE CAR
F0Q0738m
least 10 seconds and/or until the glass fig. 78
tomatic);
panel is heard to click forward. Now
release the button; fit the wrench into slot B and turn it:
within 5 seconds of carrying out the clockwise to open the sunroof;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
previous operation, press button A and counterclockwise to close the sun-

hold down: the glass panel will perform roof.
a full opening and closure cycle. Do not
release the button until the end of this
cycle.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
74

DOORS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING
SYSTEM
DEVICES
From outside
SAFETY
With the doors closed, fit and turn the key
in one of the front door locks.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0641m F0Q0677m
fig. 79 fig. 80
From inside
From inside the car (with doors closed) CHILD LOCK fig. 80
press the door lock/unlock button fig. 79 Always use this device when
set on the dashboard. To prevent opening the rear doors from transporting children.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the inside.
Doors can however be closed manually
if the electric system is failing. This device can be engaged only with
doors open:
IMPORTANT The rear doors cannot be
position 1 - engaged (door locked);
EMERGENCY
opened from inside when the child lock WARNING
IN AN
is engaged. position 2 - disengaged (door can be After engaging the lock on
opened from the passengers compart- both rear doors, check by
ment). trying to open a rear door with the in-
ternal handle.
The device stays on even if the doors are
CAR
unlocked by the centralised system.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
75

AND CONTROLS
To realign the lock knobs (only if battery IMPORTANT Door locking/unlocking sys-
DASHBOARD
charge is restored) proceed as follows: tem shall be re-initialised after discon-

necting the battery or if the relevant pro-
press the key button ; tection fuse is blown:
press door lock/unlock button close all the doors;
on the instrument panel;
DEVICES
SAFETY
press the key button or door

opening with the key in front door lock/unlock button on the
revolving plug; instrument panel;
pulling internal door handle. press the key button or door
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0679m
fig. 81
IMPORTANT If the child lock and the rear lock/unlock button on the
door emergency lock are active, operat- instrument panel.
REAR DOORS EMERGENCY
ing the internal door handle will not open
LOCK DEVICE fig. 81 the door but only realign the lock knobs;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Rear doors are fitted with a device to open the door: pull the external han-
enabling to close them also when cur- dle. Door central locking/unlocking but- WARNING
rent is lacking. ton will not be disabled when acti-
vating the emergency lock. Do not activate the child
In this event proceed as follows: lock device and the rear
EMERGENCY
doors emergency lock device at the

fit the metal insert of the ignition key
IN AN
same time. If both devices are on, to

into slot A; open the door: operate the internal
turn the key clockwise and then handle to deactivate the rear doors
emergency lock device and then open
remove it from slot A.

the door using the external handle.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
76

POWER WINDOWS
AND CONTROLS
CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
A safety system is provided that is able to Front driver side door fig. 82
detect the present of an obstacle when the
window is closing. When this event oc- On the drivers door panel are set the but-
curs, the system interrupts and immedi- tons for controlling, with ignition key at
DEVICES
SAFETY
ately reverses the window travel. MAR:
IMPORTANT In the event that the anti- A: front left window opening/closing;
crushing function is activated 5 times in window opening or closing in auto-
matic continuous mode;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
only 1 minute, the system will automati- fig. 82 F0Q0622m
cally enter the recovery mode (self-pro- B: front right window opening/closing;
tection). This conditions is pointed out by window opening or closing in auto-
the fact that, in the closing phase, the win- WARNING matic continuous mode;
dow goes up in jerks. The system conforms to the
LIGHTS AND
C: rear power window enabling/disabling
MESSAGES
WARNING
So, it is necessary to carry out the sys- forthcoming standard 2000/ controls;
tem restore procedure, acting as follows: 4/EC concerning the safety of pas-
sengers leaning out of the passenger D: opening/closure of left front door (for
open the windows; compartment. versions/markets, where provided).
EMERGENCY
or Continuous automatic operation dur-
IN AN
ing window open and closure;
turn the ignition key to STOP and then E: opening/closure of right front door
to MAR. (for versions/markets, where provid-
IMPORTANT On some versions, when
If no malfunction is present, the window button on the key with remote control ed). Continuous automatic operation
returns to its normal operation automat- is pressed for longer than 2 seconds, the during window open and closure;
CAR
ically. windows open, while when button is
pressed for longer than 2 seconds, the
IMPORTANT With ignition key at STOP windows are closed.
or removed, the power windows remain
TECHNICAL
activated for about 2 minutes and are de-
activated immediately the moment a door
is opened.
INDEX
77

AND CONTROLS
Press buttons A or B to open/close the MANUAL REAR WINDOWS

DASHBOARD
required window. (for versions/markets, where provided)

Pressing briefly one of the buttons the Operate the handle to open and close the
window jerks whereas a prolonged window.
pressing makes the window opening or
closing in automatic continuous mode.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Window safety system initialisation

Pressing button A or B again will stop the Safety system shall be re-initialised after
window in the required position. disconnecting the battery or if the rele-
vant protection fuse is blown.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0743m
fig. 83
Initialisation procedure:
WARNING Passenger side front door/ fully close manually the window to ini-
rear doors tialise;
Improper use of the power
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
windows can be dangerous. On the passenger side front door panel and after window stopping, keep on press-
Before and during its operation en- on some versions of the rear door, buttons ing the closing control for at least 1 sec-
sure that any passengers are not at A-fig. 83 are present to control the win- ond.
risk from the moving glass either by dow.
personal objects getting caught in the
EMERGENCY
IN AN
mechanism or by being injured by it

directly. Always remove the ignition
key when getting out of the car to
prevent the power windows being op-
erated accidentally and constituting

CAR
a danger to the passengers in the car.

TECHNICAL
INDEX
78

BOOT
AND CONTROLS
CLOSING THE TAILGATE
DASHBOARD
To close, lower the tailgate until the lock
OPENING THE TAILGATE clicks.
When release, the luggage compartment
may be opened from outside the car by
DEVICES
SAFETY
operating the electric logo fig. 84.
The addition of objects
To open the tailgate use the key with re- (speakers, spoilers, etc.) on the
mote control. rear shelf or boot lid, except
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
If the boot is not shut properly the in- fig. 84 F0Q0680m those envisaged by the man-
strument panel warning light or symbol ufacturer, may prevent the gas filled
R will turn on together with the mes- Opening with the key struts at the sides of the boot from
sage on the display (see section Warning working properly.
with remote control
lights and messages).
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Press button R, even when the elec-
Opening the boot tailgate, the interior tronic alarm (for versions/markets, where
boot ceiling light will come on: the bulb provided) is activated.
will automatically switch off when closing
the boot tailgate. Tailgate opening is indicated by double
EMERGENCY
flashing of direction indicators; closing is
IN AN
Such light will stay on for about 15 min- indicated by one flashing (only if alarm is
utes after turning the key to STOP: if dur- on).
ing this time a door or the boot are
opened, the light will turn on again for oth- Opening the tailgate with the alarm on will
er 15 minutes. obtain:
CAR
volumetric protection deactivation;
anti-raising protection deactivation;
TECHNICAL
tailgate monitoring sensor deactivation.
Such control functions are reset when
closing the tailgate.
INDEX
79

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0681m F0Q0682m F0Q0684m

fig. 86 fig. 87 fig. 88
WARNING EXTENDING THE BOOT

When using the boot, make The boot can be partially (1/3 or 2/3) or
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
sure the loads you are carry- totally extended splitting the rear seat.
ing do not exceed the permitted
weight (see section Technical spec- Partial extension
ifications). Also make sure the items (1/3 or 2/3) fig. 86-87
in the boot are arranged properly to
EMERGENCY
The boot extension to the right makes it

IN AN
prevent them being thrown forwards

and injuring passengers should you possible to carry two passengers on the
brake sharply. rear seat left-hand side. fig. 89 F0Q0683m
The boot extension to the left makes it

possible to carry one passenger on the fold the required cushion fig. 88 for-
CAR
rear seat right-hand side. ward as shown by the arrow;

WARNING
Never travel with objects on Proceed as follows: lift seat back retaining lever A-fig. 89
the rear shelf to prevent lower completely the rear seat head re- and tilt the seat back forward. Lever lift-
TECHNICAL
them being thrown forwards and in- straints; ing is shown by a red band B.
juring passengers in case of accident
or sharp braking. move the seat belt sideways and check
that the belt is not twisted;
INDEX
80

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0686m F0Q0687m F0Q0683m
fig. 90 fig. 91 fig. 92
Total extension TO RETURN THE REAR SEAT WARNING

Tilt the rear seat completely to obtain BACK TO ITS ORIGINAL
Make sure the seat back is
LIGHTS AND
POSITION
MESSAGES
WARNING
maximum boot extension. correctly hooked on both
Proceed as follows: Move aside the seat belts, check that they sides (red bands B-fig. 92 not visi-
are not twisted. ble) to prevent seat back being
lower completely the rear seat head re- thrown forwards and injuring pas-
Lift the seat backs and push them back- sengers should you brake sharply.
EMERGENCY
straints;
ward until both coupling mechanisms click
IN AN
move the seat belt sideways and check in place, check that the red band B-
that the belt is not twisted; fig. 92 at the side of levers A is no longer
visible.
fold cushions forward as described pre-
viously; The red band B indicates missing seat
CAR
back coupling.
remove the rear parcel shelf fig. 90 and
release the upper ends A-fig. 91 of the Reposition the cushions in horizontal po-
two tie rods by removing eyelets from sition keeping the centre seat belt tongue
TECHNICAL
the pins and pushing them in arrow di- raised.
rection;
after tilting the cushion, fold complete-
ly rear seat backs (as described previ-
ously) to have one single surface.
INDEX
81

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0685m F0Q0688m F0Q0002m

fig. 93 fig. 94 fig. 95
ANCHORING THE LOAD WARNING CARGO BOX

Two attachments fig. 93 located inside A heavy load that has not This consists of a moulded part fig. 95, lo-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the luggage compartment are used to an- been secured may cause se- cated in the luggage compartment that
chor cables that insure transported loads rious harm to passengers. may be used to support objects and pro-
are firmly secured and two attachments vide a uniform load compartment level.
on the rear crossmember fig. 94.
EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT Never anchor to single

IN AN
hooks a load exceeding 100 kg.

WARNING
If you want to carry reserve
fuel in a can, follow law reg-

CAR
ulations, only using a certified can,

suitably fastened to the load securing
eyelets. Even in this way the risk of
fire is increased in the case of an ac-
TECHNICAL
cident.
INDEX
82

BONNET
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
B
TO OPEN THE BONNET

Proceed as follows:
DEVICES
SAFETY
pull lever A-fig. 96 in the direction of
the arrow;
pull lever B-fig. 97 and raise the bon-
CORRECT USE
net.
OF THE CAR
F0Q0689m F0Q0690m
fig. 96 fig. 97
lift the bonnet and at the same time re-
lease the rod C-fig. 98 from the catch, TO CLOSE THE BONNET
then fit the rod end into the bonnet re-
cess D. Proceed as follows:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
hold the bonnet up with one hand and
IMPORTANT Before opening the bonnet, with the other remove rod C-fig. 98
check that windscreen wiper arms are not from recess D and fit it back into its
lifted from the windscreen. catch;
EMERGENCY
lower the bonnet at approx. 20 cen-
IN AN
timetres from the engine compartment
and then let it drop, ensuring that it is fig. 98 F0Q0748m
fully closed and not just held in position
by the safety catch. If the bonnet does
CAR
not close properly, do not push it down
but open it again and repeat the above
procedure. If the bonnet is not shut
properly, the instrument panel warning
TECHNICAL
light or symbol S will turn on to-
gether with the message on the display
(see section Warning lights and mes-
sages).
INDEX
83

ROOF RACK/SKI RACK

AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
For safety reasons the bon-

net must be closed properly The attachments are located in the areas
to avoid its opening while the car is illustrated in fig. 99 and can only be
travelling. Therefore, always check it reached with the doors open.
is properly closed and the catch en-
DEVICES
SAFETY
A roof rack/ski rack specially designed for

gaged. Should you notice that the the car is available at Lineaccessori Fiat.
catch is not perfectly engaged when
A
travelling, stop the car immediately
CORRECT USE
and close the bonnet.

OF THE CAR
F0Q0785m
fig. 99
WARNING
After few kilometres, check
that the fastening screws are WARNING
firmly tightened. Distribute the load evenly
LIGHTS AND
WARNING
MESSAGES
WARNING
and when driving, bear in

Carry out operations only mind the increased sensitivity of the
when the car is stationary. car to side wind.
Strictly comply with current
EMERGENCY
law regulations concerning

IN AN
max. overall dimensions.

WARNING Never exceed the max. per-
If the supporting rod is not missible loads (see section
positioned correctly the bon- Technical specifications).

CAR
net may fall violently.

TECHNICAL
INDEX
84

HEADLIGHTS
AND CONTROLS
Correct positions as a function
DASHBOARD
of the load
ADJUSTING Position 0 - one or two passengers on
THE HEADLIGHT BEAM front seats.
Proper adjustment of the headlight beams Position 1 - five passengers.
DEVICES
SAFETY
is of vital importance for your safety and Position 2 - five passengers + load in the
comfort and also for the other road users. boot.
To ensure you and other drivers have the
Position 3 - driver + maximum admitted
CORRECT USE
best visibility conditions when travelling
OF THE CAR
F0Q0644m
fig. 100 load in the boot.
with the headlights on, the headlights must
be set properly. Contact Fiat Dealership IMPORTANT Check beam aiming every
to have the headlights properly adjusted. To adjust the headlight slant
time the load carried changes.
IMPORTANT When turning on gas dis- Press buttons A and B-fig. 100 set on the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
charge headlight lamps (for versions/ mar- central panel; if the car is fitted with FOG LIGHT ADJUSTMENT
kets, where provided), it is normal that (Xenon) gas discharge headlights, slant ad-
there should be a vertical movement of justment is electronic and therefore but- Contact Fiat Dealership to have the head-
lenses, and consequently the same will al- tons A and B are not present. lights properly adjusted.
EMERGENCY
so happen to the light beam, for the time Press button A this will increase headlight
IN AN
required to achieve the correct headlight aiming by one position. Press button B to HEADLIGHT BEAM
trim stabilisation, equal to approx. 2 sec- decrease headlight aiming by one position. ADJUSTMENT ABROAD
onds. The dipped beam headlights are adjusted
Displays C, located on the instrument
panel, provides the visual indication of the for circulation in the country in which the
HEADLIGHT AIMING DEVICE car is marketed. In countries with oppo-
CAR
positions during the adjustment operation.
This device can be operated with the ig- site circulation, to avoid glaring oncom-
nition key at MAR and dipped beams on. ing vehicles, it is necessary to cover the
When the car is loaded, it slopes back- areas of the headlight using a special stick-
TECHNICAL
wards. This means that the headlight beam er tape provided for the purpose and avail-
rises. In this case, it is necessary to return able at Lineaccessori Fiat. Contact Fiat
it to the correct position. Dealership.
INDEX
85

ABS SYSTEM
AND CONTROLS
ABS SYSTEM INTERVENTION WARNING

DASHBOARD
The driver can tell the ABS system has The ABS exploits the tyre-
The car is fitted with ABS braking system, come into action because the brake ped- road grip at the best, but it
which prevents the wheels from locking al pulsates slightly and the system gets cannot improve it; you should there-
when braking, makes the most of road grip noisier: it means that the car speed should fore take every care when driving on
and gives the best control when emer- be altered to fit the type of road surface. slippery surfaces without taking un-
DEVICES
SAFETY
gency braking under difficult road condi- necessary risks.

tions.
System is completed by EBD (Electronic
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Braking Force Distribution), which dis-

tributes the braking action between front
and rear wheels. WARNING WARNING
If the ABS system cuts in it When the ABS cuts in, and
IMPORTANT To have the maximum ef- is a sign that the grip be- you feel the brake pedal pul-
LIGHTS AND
ficiency of the braking system, it is neces-

MESSAGES
WARNING
tween the tyre and the road surface sating, do not remove your foot, but
sary a setting period of about 500 km: dur- has reached the limit you must slow keep it pressed; in doing so you will
ing this period, it is better to avoid sharp, down to match the speed to the road stop in the shortest amount of space
repeated and prolonged brakes. grip available. possible under the current road con-
ditions.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
86

AND CONTROLS
FAILURE INDICATIONS EBD failure BRAKE ASSIST
DASHBOARD
EBD failure is indicated by the turning on (emergency braking assistance)
ABS failure of warning lights > and x on the in- (for versions/markets, where provided)
ABS failure is indicated by the turning on strument panel (together with the mes- The system, which cannot be cut out, rec-
of warning light > on the instrument pan- sage on the display) (see section Warn- ognizes emergency braking (on the ground
ing lights and messages).
DEVICES
of the brake pedal operation speed) and
SAFETY
el (together with the dedicated message
on the display) (see section Warning In this case with sharp braking the rear considerably increases the pressure in the
lights and messages). In this case the wheels might lock too early, with the pos- braking circuit.
braking system is still efficient, though sibility of skidding. Drive extremely care- Brake Assist is deactivated on versions
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
without the aid of the ABS system. Drive fully to the nearest Fiat Dealership to have
carefully to the closest Fiat Dealership to equipped with ESP, in the event of ESP sys-
the system checked. tem failure (indicated by warning light
have the system checked.
turning on together with the message on
the display).
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
WARNING
If the instrument panel
warning light x turns on
EMERGENCY
(together with the message on the dis-
IN AN
play), stop the car immediately and
contact the nearest Fiat Dealership.
Fluid leaks from the hydraulic system,
in fact, can compromise the braking
CAR
system, both traditional systems and
systems with ABS.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
87

ESP SYSTEM
AND CONTROLS
ESP SYSTEM ACTIVATION HILL HOLDER SYSTEM

DASHBOARD
(Electronic Stability The ESP system is automatically activat- This system is an integral part of the ESP
ed when the car is started and cannot be system and it is provided to facilitate start-
Program) de-activated. ing on slopes.
(for versions/markets, It will activate automatically with the fol-
DEVICES
SAFETY
where provided) lowing conditions:

The ESP system is an electronic system WARNING Uphill: car at a standstill on a road with
controlling the car stability in the event of Performance of the ESP sys- a gradient higher than 5%, engine run-
CORRECT USE
ning, clutch and brake pedal pressed,

OF THE CAR
tyre grip loss. tem, in terms of active safe-

ty should not induce the driver to take gearbox to neutral or engaged gear oth-
The ESP system is therefore particularly pointless and unnecessary risks. The er than reverse.
useful when grip conditions of the road
surfaces changes.
style of driving must in any case al- Downhill: car at a standstill on a road
ways be adapted to the conditions of with a gradient higher than 5%, engine
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
With ESP, ASR and Hill Holder systems the road surface, visibility an traffic. running, clutch and brake pedal pressed
is also installed (for versions/markets, Road safety is always the drivers re- and reverse gear engaged.
where provided) the MSR system (engine sponsibility.
brake torque control system). At pickup the ESP system control unit will
keep brake force on wheels until reaching
EMERGENCY
the torque suitable for starting, or in any

IN AN
ESP SYSTEM INTERVENTION case for max. 2 seconds in order to pass

It is signalled by the blinking of the warn- FAILURE INDICATIONS easily from the brake pedal to the accel-
ing light on the instrument panel, to in- In the event of failure, the ESP system is erator pedal.
form the driver that the car is in critical automatically disconnected and the warn- After two seconds without starting, the
CAR
stability and grip conditions. ing light comes on with fixed light on system will deactivate automatically by re-
the instrument panel (on certain versions leasing gradually the brake force.
together with the message on the display)
(see section Warning lights and mes- At releasing, the typical brake disengage-
TECHNICAL
sages). In this case contact a Fiat Deal- ment noise indicating that the car is go-
ership as soon as possible. ing to move will be heard.
INDEX
88

AND CONTROLS
FAILURE INDICATIONS ASR SYSTEM Switching the ASR system on/off
DASHBOARD
System failure is indicated by the turning (Antislip Regulation) The ASR system switches on automatically
on of warning light on the instrument It is an integral part of the ESP system, it each time the engine is started.
panel (together with the message on the controls car drive and cuts in automati-
display) (see section Warning lights and Switching on/off is indicated by the rele-
cally every time one or both driving vant message on the display (see section
messages).
DEVICES
wheels slip.
SAFETY
IMPORTANT The Hill Holder system is According to slipping conditions, two dif-
not a parking brake. Never get out of the ferent control systems are activated:
car without engaging the handbrake,
if the slipping involves both the driving
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
switching the engine off and engaging the WARNING
first gear. wheels, the ASR function intervenes re-
ducing the power transmitted by the The performance of the sys-
engine; tem, in terms of active safe-
ty should not induce the driver to take
if the slipping involves only one driving pointless and unnecessary risks. The
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
WARNING wheel, the ASR system cuts in auto- style of driving must in any case al-
For correct operation of the matically braking the wheel that is slip- ways be adapted to the conditions of
ESP and ASR systems, the ping. the road surface, visibility and traffic.
tyres must absolutely be of the same Road safety is always the drivers re-
EMERGENCY
brand and type on all wheels, in per- The action of the ASR is particularly help- sponsibility.
IN AN
fect conditions and, above all, of ful in the following circumstances:
type, brand and size specified.
slipping of the inner wheel due to the
effect of dynamic load changes or ex-
cessive acceleration;
CAR
WARNING too much power transmitted to the
During the use of the space- wheels also in relation to the conditions
saver spare wheel, the ESP of the road surface;
TECHNICAL
system carries on working. However, acceleration on slippery, snowy or
you must remind that the space-saver frozen surfaces;
spare wheel has dimensions smaller
than the standard tyre and therefore in the case of loss of grip on a wet sur-
its grip is reduced as to the other car face (aquaplaning).
INDEX
tyres.
89

AND CONTROLS
FAILURE INDICATIONS WARNING

DASHBOARD
In the event of malfunctioning, the ASR For correct operation of the

system is automatically disconnected and ESP and ASR systems, the
the warning light will turn on with fixed tyres must absolutely be of the same
light on the instrument panel (together brand and type on all wheels, in per-
with the message on the display) (see sec- fect conditions and, above all, of
DEVICES
SAFETY
tion Warning lights and messages). In type, brand and size specified.
this case contact Fiat Dealership as soon
as possible.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0694m
fig. 101
MSR system
When travelling ASR can be switched off WARNING (engine braking torque control)
and on again by pressing switch ASR OFF
set on the dashboard next to the steer- When using the spare wheel, The car is fitted with a special system, in-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ing wheel fig. 101. the ASR system is excluded tegral with the ASR system, that in case of
and the warning light on the in- sudden gear shifting, cuts in providing
When the ASR is switched off this is strument panel turns on glowing torque to the engine thus preventing ex-
shown by the lighting up of the led on the steadily (together with the message cessive driving wheel drive that, specially
switch (and by the relevant message on
EMERGENCY
on the display) (see section Warn- in poor grip conditions, can lead to loss of
the display) (see section Warning lights
IN AN
ing lights and messages). stability.

and messages).
If the ASR is switched off when travelling,
it will turn on again automatically the next
time the engine is started.

CAR
When travelling on snowy roads with

snow chains, it may be helpful to turn the
ASR off: in fact, in these conditions, slip-
TECHNICAL
ping of the driving wheels when moving off

makes it possible to obtain better drive.
INDEX
90

START&STOP SYSTEM
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
The Start&Stop system automatically stops

the engine whenever the car is stationary
DEVICES
SAFETY
and starts it again when the driver wants
to move off.
This improves the efficiency of the vehicle
by reducing fuel consumption, the emis-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q3243g F0Q0771m
sion of harmful gases and noise pollution. fig. 102 fig. 103
The system is active every time the engine TURNING THE SYSTEM ON/OFF Turning the Start&Stop off
is started. MANUALLY Versions with reconfigurable multifunction
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
OPERATING MODES To activate/deactivate the system manu- display: symbol T and a message will ap-
ally, press the button T fig. 103 on the pear on the display when the Start&Stop
Engine stopping mode dashboard, next to the steering wheel. system is off.
With the car at a standstill, the engine LED A-fig. 103 is on when the system is
EMERGENCY
stops with the gearbox in neutral and the Turning the Start&Stop system on off.
IN AN
clutch released. A message and a symbol U will appear on
Note The engine can only be stopped au- the display when the Start&Stop system is
tomatically after a speed of about 10 km/h on. In this condition, LED A-fig. 103 lo-
is reached, to prevent the engine from be- cated over button T is off.
CAR
ing repeatedly stopped when driving at
walking pace.
Symbol U fig. 102 appears on the dis-
TECHNICAL
play when the engine stops.
Engine restarting mode

Press the clutch pedal to restart the en-
gine.
INDEX
91

reverse gear engaged (for example, for

AND CONTROLS
FAILED ENGINE CUT-OUT WARNING

DASHBOARD
CONDITIONS parking manoeuvres);

If climate comfort is to be
When the system is operating, due to for versions equipped with dual zone favoured, the Start&Stop
comfort, emission control and safety rea- automatic climate control system (for system can be disabled, for a contin-
sons, the engine does not stop in some versions/markets, where provided), if uous operation of the climate control
an adequate level of thermal comfort system.
DEVICES
conditions, among which:

SAFETY
has not been reached or MAX-DEF

engine still cold; function activation;
very cold outside temperature; during the first period of use, to initial-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
battery not sufficiently charged; ize the system;

heated rear windscreen on; In these cases, a message is shown on the
display and the symbol U will blink (the
drivers door not shut; latter for versions/markets, where pro-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
drivers seat belt not fastened vided).

EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
92

AND CONTROLS
RESTARTING CONDITIONS Notes SAFETY FUNCTIONS
DASHBOARD
For reasons of comfort, limiting harmful If the clutch is not pressed, after 3 minutes When the engine is stopped by the
emissions and safety purposes, the power from the engine stopping, the engine can Start&Stop system, if the driver releases
unit can restart automatically without any be restarted only using the ignition key. his/her seat belt and opens the drivers or
action on behalf of the driver if certain passengers door, the engine can be
conditions are met, including: In cases when the engine stops and this restarted only using the ignition key.
DEVICES
SAFETY
is not desired, due for example to the
battery not sufficiently charged; clutch pedal being released sharply with This condition is indicated to the driver by
a gear engaged, if the Start&Stop system means of a buzzer and by the symbol U
windscreen wipers working at maxi- is activated, the engine can be restarted by blinking on the display (with a message, for
CORRECT USE
mum speed;
OF THE CAR
fully depressing the clutch pedal or by plac- versions/markets, where provided).
low braking system vacuum, e.g. fol- ing the gear lever in neutral
lowing the brake pedal being pressed
repeatedly;
LIGHTS AND
car in motion, for example when dri-
MESSAGES
WARNING
ving on hilly roads;
stopping the engine using Start&Stop
longer than approximately 3 minutes;
EMERGENCY
for versions equipped with dual zone
IN AN
automatic climate control system (for
versions/markets, where provided), if
an adequate level of thermal comfort
has not been reached or MAX-DEF
CAR
function activation;
With gear engaged, the automatic engine
restarting is possible only by fully pressing
TECHNICAL
the clutch pedal. This operation is indi-
cated to the driver by means of a message
on the display and by symbol U blinking
(the latter for versions/markets, where
provided).
INDEX
93

AND CONTROLS
ENERGY SAVING FUNCTION WARNING

DASHBOARD

When replacing the battery,
If, as a result of the engine automatic always go to a Fiat Dealer-
restarting, the driver does not carry out ship. Replace the battery using a new
any action on the vehicle for over 3 min- one of the same type (HEAVY DUTY)
and having the same specifications.
DEVICES
utes, the Start&Stop system stops the en-

SAFETY
gine once and for all, to prevent fuel con-

sumption. In these cases, the engine can
be restarted only using the ignition key.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0758m
Note In any case, it is possible to keep the fig. 104
engine running by deactivating the
Start&Stop system. STORING THE CAR
In the case of storage, special care must
LIGHTS AND
OPERATING IRREGULARITIES
MESSAGES
WARNING
be taken to disconnect the battery elec-

In the event of malfunctions the trical power supply.
Start&Stop system is disabled. Proceed as follows: detach the connector
The driver is informed of the fault by the A-fig. 104 (by pressing button B) from
EMERGENCY
symbol U blinking on the display along sensor C for monitoring the status of the
IN AN
with a message (the latter on some battery installed on the battery negative
versions). If this occurs, contact the Fiat pole D.
Dealership. This sensor should never be disconnect-
ed from the pole except if the battery is

CAR
replaced.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
94

AND CONTROLS
EMERGENCY STARTING
DASHBOARD
When jump starting, never connect the
negative lead () of the auxiliary battery to
the negative pole A-fig. 105 of the car
battery, but rather to an engine/gearbox
earth point.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0759m F0Q0761m
fig. 105 fig. 106
WARNING
Before opening the engine
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
hood, make sure that the en-
gine is off and that the ignition key
is in STOP position. Follow the in-
structions on the plate affixed on the
front crossmember (fig. 106). You are
EMERGENCY
IN AN
advised to extract the key when oth-
er people are inside the car. Remove
the ignition key or turn it to the STOP
position before leaving the car. Dur-
ing refuelling, make sure that the en-
CAR
gine is off and the key is in STOP po-
sition.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
95

EOBD SYSTEM
AND CONTROLS
This diagnostic system indicates the pres- IMPORTANT After a servicing operation
DASHBOARD
ence of deteriorated components or sys- at Fiat Dealership aimed to eliminate mal-

The European On Board Diagnostic system malfunctioning (see section Warn- functioning connected to the EOBD sys-
tem (EOBD), fitted to engine electronic ing lights and messages) by the turning on tem, in order to check the system thor-
control units, allows monitoring and warn- of the instrument panel warning light U oughly it could be required to run a bench
ing of any malfunction to the electronic (together with the message on the dis- test and, if necessary, road tests which
DEVICES
SAFETY
systems that could increase exhaust emis- play). may also call for a long journey.
sions. Note The car is provided with a diag-
The objective is: nostic connector that can be interfaced
CORRECT USE
with appropriate tools, which makes it

OF THE CAR
To keep system efficiency under con- possible to read the error codes stored in
trol; the control units, together with a series of
Warn when a fault causes emission lev- specific parameters for engine operation
els to increase; and diagnosis. This test can also be per-
LIGHTS AND
formed by traffic controller agents.

MESSAGES
WARNING
Warn of the need to replace deterio-

rated components.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
96

SOUND SYSTEM
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
(for versions/markets, For connection to existing
where provided) car presetting system, con-
tact Fiat Dealership to prevent any
For the operation of the radio with CD/ trouble that could impair car safety.
MP3 CD player (where provided), read
DEVICES
SAFETY
the instructions for use given in the Sup-
plement attached to this Owner Hand-
book.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0691m
fig. 107
Sound system installation

The sound system shall be installed in the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
proper space occupied by the central odd-
ment compartment A-fig. 107, here you
will find the preset cables.
To remove the oddment compartment
EMERGENCY
press the retaining devices in the points
IN AN
shown in the figure.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
97

INSTALLATION OF
AND CONTROLS
IMPORTANT The installation of devices RADIO TRANSMITTERS AND

DASHBOARD
involving modifications of car character- CELLULAR TELEPHONES

ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC istics may determine the withdrawal of the
DEVICES driving licence by the appointed public au- Radio transceiver equipment (vehicle mo-
thorities and the forfeiture of the warranty bile phones, CB radios, amateur radio and
as concerns defects/failures due to said similar equipment) shall not be used inside
Electric/electronic devices installed after
DEVICES
the car unless a separate aerial is mount-

SAFETY
buying the car and in after-market shall modification or leading directly or indi-
rectly to it. ed on the roof.
bear the following marking:
Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. declines all IMPORTANT The use of similar devices
inside the passenger compartment (with-
CORRECT USE
responsibility due to damages connected

OF THE CAR
with the installation of accessories/devices out separated aerial) produces radio-fre-

not supplied by or recommended by Fiat quency electromagnetic fields which, am-
Group Automobiles S.p.A. and installed plified by the resonance effects inside the
not in compliance with the specified pre- passenger compartment, may cause elec-
trical systems equipping the car to mal-
LIGHTS AND
scriptions.
MESSAGES
WARNING
Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. authorizes function. This could compromise safety in
the installation of transceivers, provided addition to constituting a potential hazard
that installation is workmanlike performed for the passengers.
in compliance with Manufacturers speci-
In addition, transmission and reception of
EMERGENCY
fications at a specialised service centre.

these devices may be affected by the
IN AN
shielding effect of the car body.

As concerns -approved mobile phones
(GSM, GPRS, UMTS), strictly comply with

the instructions for use provided by the
CAR
mobile phones manufacturer.

TECHNICAL
INDEX
98

DUALDRIVE ELECTRIC
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
POWER STEERING
SYSTEM
The car is provided with the electrically
DEVICES
SAFETY
controlled power steering system called
Dualdrive working only with ignition key
at MAR and engine running, that can be
customised by the driver according to the
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0693m F0Q0499m
driving conditions. fig. 108 fig. 109
IMPORTANT When turning quickly the FAILURE INDICATIONS SPORT FUNCTION

ignition key, power steering full operation
is obtained after 1-2 seconds. Any failure is indicated by the turning on (for versions/markets, where provided)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
of warning light g , together with the The vehicle may be equipped with a sys-
message on the display (on certain ver- tem that allows a choice between two dri-
ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION sions a symbol is displayed) (see section ving modes: normal and sports.
(CITY function) Warning lights and messages).
(for versions/markets, where provided) Press the SPORT button fig. 109 to set
EMERGENCY
In the event of electric power steering sys- the system for a sporty drive with
IN AN
To connect/disconnect the CITY func- tem failure, the car can be driven with me- prompter acceleration response and stiffer
tion, press button A-fig. 108 set on the chanical steering. steering wheel movements for a sportier
dashboard next to the steering wheel. feel.
Activation of this function is indicated by Pressing SPORT button enables the over-
CAR
the word CITY on the instrument panel boost function.
display (on certain versions it is also indi-
cated by the turning on of the CITY warn-
ing light).
TECHNICAL
When the CITY function is on the steer-
ing wheel effort is lighter and thus parking
operations are easier: therefore this func-
tion is particularly useful for driving in city
centres.
INDEX
99

AND CONTROLS
This function enables the engine control IMPORTANT The steering may become WARNING
DASHBOARD
unit to reach maximum pressure levels in- slightly stiff following parking manoeuvres
side the turbocharger, depending on the including a great deal of steering. This is It is absolutely forbidden to
position of the accelerator pedal and for normal and caused by a system to prevent carry out whatever after-
a limited time. This enables to achieve an motor overheating. No servicing is re- market operation involving steering
increased engine torque. quired. The electric power steering sys- system or steering column modifica-
tions (e.g.: installation of anti-theft
DEVICES
SAFETY
tem will return to normal operation the

This function is quite useful if maximum next time the car is used. device) that could badly affect per-
performance is required for a short time formance and safety, cause the lapse
(e.g. overcoming other vehicles). of warranty and also result in non-
Acceleration
CORRECT USE
compliance of the car with homolo-

OF THE CAR
When the function is on, the S symbol is

lit on the instrument panel. Press the but- Accelerating violently increasing the revs gation requirements.
ton again to turn off the function and re- will greatly affect consumption and emis-
store normal steering settings. sions: to contain fuel consumption accel-
eration should be gradual.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
IMPORTANT when the SPORT button is WARNING

pressed, the function activates after about Using the SPORT function, fuel consump-
5 seconds. tion will be slightly higher than the values Always switch the engine off,
stated in paragraph Fuel consumption in remove the key from the
IMPORTANT during acceleration, when this Supplement. starting device and actuate the steer-
EMERGENCY
the SPORT function is in use, it is possible ing lock before carrying out any main-
IN AN
to feel steering judder, which is typical of tenance operation, especially when

this sporty setting. the wheels are raised from the
ground. In case this is not possible
(e.g. when the key must be in MAR
position or the engine running), re-

CAR
move the electric power steering

main fuse before carrying out any
maintenance operation.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
100

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (T.P.M.S.)
AND CONTROLS
T.P.M.S. cannot indicate sudden tyre pres-
DASHBOARD
(for versions/markets, where provided) sure drops (e.g.: tyre burst). In this event,
brake the car cautiously and avoid sudden
steering.
Strong radio-frequency disturbances could
The car may be equipped with a Tyre Pres- IMPORTANT NOTES inhibit proper T.P.M.S. system operation.
DEVICES
SAFETY
sure Monitoring System, which indicates to This condition will be indicated by the
the driver the tyre pressure status by two Failure indications will not be stored and
therefore will not be displayed when turn- turning on of warning light nnor symbol
different indications: Check tyre pres- on the instrument panel, together with the
sures and Low tyre pressures. For a de- ing the engine off and on again. If failure
CORRECT USE
persists, the control unit will send warn- message on the display. This indication will
OF THE CAR
tailed description of the two indications, go off automatically as soon as the radio-
see the Warning Lights and Messages sec- ing indications to the instrument panel on-
ly after a few seconds when the car is frequency disturbance ceases.
tion. This system consists of a radio-fre-
quency sensor, installed on each wheel (on moving.
the rim inside the tyre) that sends pressure Tyre pressure should be checked with
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
information to the control unit. tyres cold. Should it become necessary for
whatever reason to check pressure with
hot tyres, do not reduce pressure al-
though it is higher than the prescribed val-
EMERGENCY
WARNING ue but repeat the check when tyres are
IN AN
The T.P.M.S. system does cold (see section Wheels in section
not exempt the driver to Technical Specifications).
check tyre and spare wheel pressure
at regular intervals (see paragraph
Wheels in section Car mainte-
CAR
nance).
TECHNICAL
INDEX
101

AND CONTROLS
The T.P.M.S. system requires special If after repairing a punctured tyre with the If the car is fitted with T.P.M.S. system,
DASHBOARD
equipment. Contact Fiat Dealership to Fix&Go automatic kit and restoring the tyre and/or rim removal and refitting op-
know what type of accessories are com- initial conditions the flat tyre warning light erations involve special precautions; to
patible with the system (wheels, wheel continues to stay on, contact Fiat Deal- prevent damages or wrong sensor refit-
caps, etc.). Using other accessories could ership. ting, contact Fiat Dealership to have tyre
cause system malfunctioning. Due to in- and/or rim changed.
Tyre pressure could change according to
DEVICES
SAFETY
flation valve special characteristics, use on-

ly tyre repair sealants approved by Fiat; outside temperature. For this reason the
other sealants could cause system mal- T.P.M.S. system could temporarily indicate
functioning. low tyre pressure. In this event check
CORRECT USE
pressure with cold tyres and restore prop-

OF THE CAR
If the car is fitted with T.P.M.S. system, er inflation values if required.

when changing a tyre, change also the rub-
ber seal of the valve and the fastening ring
of the sensor. Contact Fiat Dealership.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
102

AND CONTROLS
In order to use the system properly, refer to the following table when you have to change wheels/tyres:
DASHBOARD
Operation Sensor presence Failure indication Fiat Dealership
service operation
DEVICES
SAFETY
YES Contact Fiat
Dealership
Wheel change NO YES Repair damaged
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
with spare wheel wheel
Wheel change NO YES Contact Fiat
with snow tyres Dealership
LIGHTS AND
Wheel change
MESSAGES
WARNING
YES NO
with snow tyres
Wheel change YES NO Contact Fiat
with others of different Dealership
EMERGENCY
size (*)
IN AN
Wheel cross switching YES NO
(front/rear) (**)
CAR
(*) Given as an alternative on the Owner Handbook and available at Lineaccessori Fiat.
(**) Not cross switched (tyres shall stay on the same side).
TECHNICAL
INDEX
103

PARKING SENSORS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
where provided)
Parking sensors inform the driver about

DEVICES
SAFETY
the presence of obstacles behind the car

(versions fitted with 4 rear sensors) or be-
hind and in front of the car (versions fit-
ted with 4 rear sensors and 4 front sen-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0745m F0Q0035m
sors). fig. 110 fig. 112
This system is therefore an aid for the dri-
ver when parking the car since it detects Version with 8 sensors
obstacles out of the drivers sight range. In the version with 4 rear sensors and 4
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
The driver is warned of the presence and front sensors, the system activates when
distance from the obstacle by an inter- reverse is engaged or when the button is
mittent buzzer (the sound of the buzzer pressed t fig. 112.
becomes more frequent as the reduction When reverse is released, the rear sen-
EMERGENCY
of distance between the car and the ob- sors and front sensors remain active un-
IN AN
stacle decreases). til a speed of approximately 15 km/h is ex-

ceeded to allow the parking manoeuvre
F0Q0603m
fig. 111 to be completed.
The system may be activated by pressing

SENSORS the button t fig. 112 located on the
CAR
To detect obstacles the system used 4 sen- centre panel: a warning light on the but-
sors located on the front bumper (for ver- ton comes on when the system is active.
sions/markets, where provided) fig. 110 For each rotation of the ignition key on
TECHNICAL
and 4 sensors located on the rear bumper MAR position, LED on t button flash-
fig. 111. ing briefly to indicate that the system is
making a diagnosis. The lighting of the LED
ACTIVATION is not therefore to be understood as a
cause of abnormality.
INDEX
Version with 4 sensors

In the version with 4 rear sensors, the sys-
tem turns on automatically when reverse
104 is engaged.

AND CONTROLS
The sensors are deactivated by pressing The beep will stop immediately if the dis- BUZZER WARNINGS
DASHBOARD
the t fig. 112 again or exceeding a tance raises. Beep tone is constant if the
speed of 15 km/h: the warning light on the distance detected by central sensors is un- The driver is warned of the presence and
button is off when the system is inactive. varied. If this situation takes place for side distance from the obstacle by the buzzers
sensors, the signal is stopped after about installed in the passenger compartment:
When the sensors are activated, the sys- 3 seconds to prevent sound indications in versions with 4 rear sensors, a
tem begins to emit acoustic signals from
DEVICES
SAFETY
when performing manoeuvres near walls. buzzer located in the front dashboard
the front or rear indicators as soon as an area warns of the presence of rear ob-
obstacle is detected. The frequency aris- stacles;
es as soon as the car approaches the ob-
in versions with 8 rear sensors (4 front
CORRECT USE
stacle.
OF THE CAR
WARNING and 4 rear) a front buzzer warns of the
When the obstacle is located at a distance Parking manoeuvres howev- presence of front obstacles and a
of less than 30 cm, the device emits a con- er are always under the dri- buzzer at the rear warns of the pres-
tinuous sound. Depending on the position vers responsibility that shall always ence of rear obstacles. This feature
of the obstacle (in front or behind) the gives the driver a sense of directional-
LIGHTS AND
check the absence of people (special-
MESSAGES
WARNING
sound is emitted by the corresponding ly children) or animals in the ma- ity (front/rear) about the presence of
acoustic indicators (front or rear). The ob- noeuvre space. This system is just a obstacles.
stacle closest to the vehicle is indicated help for the driver but she/he shall nev-
in all cases. When the reverse gear is engaged an in-
er reduce attention during dangerous termittent acoustic signal is automatically
EMERGENCY
manoeuvres even if performed at low activated.
IN AN
speed.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
105

AND CONTROLS
The acoustic signal: SENSOR DETECTION RANGE

DASHBOARD
For proper operation, the

becomes louder as the reduction of parking sensors set on the Sensors enable the system to monitor the
distance between the car and the ob- bumpers shall be clean from front part (versions with 8 sensors) and
stacle decreases; mud, dirt, snow or ice. When the rear part of the car.
becomes continuous when the distance cleaning the sensors, take the utmost
between the car and the obstacle is less care to prevent their damaging; do not Actually their position covers the central
DEVICES
SAFETY
that 30 cm and stops immediately if the use therefore dry or rough clothes. Sen- and side areas of the front and rear part
distance raises; sors shall be washed with clean water of the car.
is constant if the distance is unvaried. If and car detergent, if required. In wash- An obstacle positioned at central area is
ing stations, clean sensors quickly keep-
CORRECT USE
detected at a distance less than 0.9 m

OF THE CAR
this situation takes place for side sen-

sors, the signal is stopped after about ing the vapour jet/high pressure wash- (front) and 1.40 m (rear).
3 seconds to prevent sound indications ing nozzles at 10 cm at least from the
sensors. An obstacle positioned at side area is de-
when performing manoeuvres near tected at a distance less than 0.6 m.
walls.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Any repainting of bumpers or

touch/up in sensor areas shall
EMERGENCY
be carried out at Fiat Dealer-

IN AN
ship only. Improper painting

could impair the regular operation of
parking sensors.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
106

Indications sent by the sensors can al-
AND CONTROLS
OPERATION WITH TRAILER GENERAL WARNINGS
DASHBOARD
so be altered by ultrasound systems
Parking sensor operation is deactivated When parking, take the utmost care to (e.g.: truck pneumatic brakes or pneu-
automatically when the trailer electric ca- obstacles set above or under the sensors. matic hammers) set nearby the car.
ble plug is fitted into the car tow hook
socket. Objects set close to the car front or rear Parking sensors performance can also
part, under certain circumstances are not be affected by sensor position; for ex-
DEVICES
SAFETY
Sensors are reactivated when removing detected and could therefore cause dam- ample changes to the car set-up due to
the trailer cable plug. ages to the car. shock-absorber wear, suspensions,
IMPORTANT If you wish to leave the Parking sensors regular operation could changing tyres, loading the car too
CORRECT USE
tow-hook fitted without a trailer attached, be affected by the following conditions: much, implementing special tuning to
OF THE CAR
contact your Fiat Dealership to update the lower the car.
system because the tow-hook will be de- Indications sent by the sensors can be
altered by dirt, snow or ice deposited Presence of obstacles at the upper side
tected as an obstacle by the central sen- of the car not be detected since the sys-
sors. on the sensors or by multiple painting.
tem detects obstacles that could knock
LIGHTS AND
Sensors detect non-existing objects,
MESSAGES
WARNING
into the lower side of the car.
FAILURE INDICATIONS echo disturbances due to: car washing,
rain (with very strong wind), hail, etc.
In the event of sensor failures, when en-
gaging the reverse gear the driver is
EMERGENCY
warned by the turning on of warning light
IN AN
on the instrument panel or by symbol
t, together with the message on the dis-
play (see section Warning lights and mes-
sages).
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
107

AT THE FILLING
AND CONTROLS
DIESEL ENGINES
DASHBOARD
The car must only be filled

STATION If the outside temperature is very low, the with diesel fuel for motor ve-
diesel thickens due to the formation of hicles, in compliance with Eu-
paraffins and could clog the diesel fuel fil- ropean Specification EN590.
PETROL ENGINES ter. The use of other products or mixtures
may irreparably damage the engine
DEVICES
SAFETY
Use only unleaded petrol. In order to avoid these problems, differ- with invalidation of the warranty due
To prevent errors, the diameter of the fu- ent types of diesel are distributed ac- to the damage caused. In the event of
el tank filler is too small to introduce a lead cording to the season: summer type, win- accidentally filling with another type
ter type arctic type (mountains/cold ar- of fuel, do not start the engine and
CORRECT USE
petrol pump filler.

OF THE CAR
eas). empty the tank. If the engine has been

Use petrol with a rated octane number run even for only a very short time, in
(R.O.N.) not lower than 95. If refuelling with diesel fuel not suitable for
the current temperature, mix diesel fuel addition to the tank, it is also necessary
IMPORTANT An inefficient catalyst leads with TUTELA DIESEL ART additive in the to drain out the whole fuel circuit.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
to harmful exhaust emissions, thus con- proportions stated on the can, putting first
tributing to air pollution. the antifreeze in the tank and then the
diesel fuel.
IMPORTANT Never use leaded petrol, REFUELLING
even in small amount or in an emergency, Refuel with local diesel fuel if the car is
To ensure full tank refuelling, carry out
EMERGENCY
as this would damage the catalyst beyond used/parked in the mountains or in cold
IN AN
repair. areas for a long period. In this event you two top-up operations once the delivery
are recommended to keep an amount of gun has turned off twice. Avoid further
fuel higher than 50% in the tank. top-up operations which could cause faults
in the fuel system.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
108

AND CONTROLS
FUEL FILLER CAP fig. 113 WARNING
DASHBOARD
Keep naked flames or light-
Opening ed cigarettes away from the
1) Open the flap A pulling it outwards, fuel filler hole as there is a danger of
keep the cap B still, insert the ignition key fire. Do not bend too close to the hole
DEVICES
either so as not to breathe in harmful
SAFETY
in the lock and turn it anti-clockwise.
vapours.
2) Turn the cap anti-clockwise and extract
it. The cap has a device C retaining it to the
flap so it cannot be lost. When refilling, at-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0695m
tach the cap to the flap, as illustrated. fig. 113
Closing IMPORTANT The sealing of the tank may

cause light pressurising in the tank. A lit-
1) Fit the cap (complete with key) and turn tle breathing off, while slackening the cap,
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
it clockwise until it clicks once or more. is absolutely normal.
2) Turn the key clockwise and extract it,
then close the flap.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
109

PROTECTING
AND CONTROLS
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER Diesel Particulate Filter clogged

DASHBOARD
(DPF) (for versions/markets,

THE ENVIRONMENT where provided)
If the warning light h on the instru-
ment panel turns on (together with the
The devices for curtailing petrol engine The Diesel Particulate Filter is a mechan- message on the display) refer to section
emissions are the following: ical filter, integral with the exhaust system, Warning lights and messages.
DEVICES
that physically traps particulate present

SAFETY
three-way catalytic converter; in the exhaust gases of Diesel engines.

Lambda sensor; The diesel particular filter has been adopt- WARNING
fuel evaporation system. ed to eliminate almost totally particulates
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
in compliance with current / future law During normal service the

In addition, do not let the engine run, even regulations. catalyst and the diesel par-
for a test, with one or more spark plugs ticulate filter (DPF) reach high tem-
disconnected. During normal use of the car, the engine peratures. Do not therefore park the
control unit records a set of data (e.g.: car over inflammable materials (grass,
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
The devices for curtailing diesel fuel en- travel time, type of route, temperatures, dry leaves, pine needles, etc.): fire
gine emissions are the following: etc.) and it will then calculate how much hazard.
particulates has been trapped by the filter.
oxidising catalytic converter;
Since this filter physically traps particulates,
EMERGENCY
exhaust gas recirculation system it shall be cleaned (reclaimed) at regular

IN AN
(E.G.R.); intervals by burning carbon particles. Re-

Lambda sensors; claiming procedure is controlled auto-
matically by the engine control unit ac-
diesel particulate filter (DPF) (for ver-
cording to the filter conditions and the

sions/markets, where provided it is fit- conditions of use of the car.
CAR
ted instead of the Lambda sensor).

During reclaiming the following phenom-
ena could take place: idling slight increase,
fan activation, slight smoke increase, high
TECHNICAL
exhaust temperatures. These situations

shall not be considered as faults and they
do not affect car performance and envi-
ronment.
INDEX
110

111-130 BRAVO GB.qxd:105-128 BRAVO GB 23-04-2010 11:46 Pagina 111
SAFETY DEVICES
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
SEAT BELTS ........................................................................... 112
S.B.R. SYSTEM ....................................................................... 113
DEVICES
SAFETY
PRETENSIONERS.................................................................. 114
CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY...................................... 117
PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ISOFIX CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM .............................. 122
FRONT AIR BAGS................................................................ 124
SIDE AIR BAGS (Side bag - Window bag) ...................... 126
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
111

SEAT BELTS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
USING THE SEAT BELTS

The belt should be worn keeping the chest
straight and rested against the seat back.
DEVICES
SAFETY
To fasten seat belts, take the tongue

A-fig. 1 and insert it into the buckle B,
until hearing the locking click.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0696m F0Q0683m
fig. 1 fig. 3
At removal, if it jams, let it rewind for a
short stretch, then pull it out again with-
out jerking. IMPORTANT When the seat back is cou-
pled properly, the red band B-fig. 3 pre-
To unfasten the seat belts, press button sent aside lever A disappears. The red
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
C. Guide the seat belt with your hand band actually indicates improper seat
while it is rewinding, to prevent it from back coupling.
twisting.
IMPORTANT Remember that in the
Through the reel, the belt automatically event of a violent collision, back seat pas-
EMERGENCY
adapts to the body of the passenger wear- sengers not wearing seat belts also rep-
IN AN
ing it, allowing freedom of movement. resent a serious danger for the front seat
fig. 2 F0Q0267m passengers.
When the car is parked on a steep slope
the reel mechanism may block; this is nor-
IMPORTANT After putting the seats back

mal. The reel mechanism prevents the The rear seat is fitted with inertial seat to their travelling position, restore the seat
CAR
webbing coming out when it is jerked or belts with three anchor points and reel for belt position to make them ready for use.
if the car brakes sharply, in a collision or side and central seats.
when cornering at high speed.
Rear seat belts shall be worn as shown in
TECHNICAL
fig. 2. WARNING
Make sure the seat back is
correctly hooked on both
sides (red bands B-fig. 3 not visible)
WARNING to prevent seat back being thrown
INDEX
Never press button C-fig. 1 forwards and injuring passengers

when travelling. should you brake sharply.
112

S.B.R. SYSTEM
AND CONTROLS
ADJUSTING THE FRONT SEAT
DASHBOARD
BELT HEIGHT
(for versions/markets, where provided) The vehicle is equipped with an S.B.R. sys-
Four different adjustments in height are tem (Seat Belt Reminder) made up of a
provided. buzzer which, together with the seat belt
not fastened warning light < in the in-
DEVICES
SAFETY
To adjust, press button A-fig. 4 and low- strument panel flashing, warns the driver
er or raise the grip B. and, on some versions, the front passen-
ger that their seat belt is not fastened.
Always adjust the height of the seat belt
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
to fit the person wearing it. This precau- fig. 4 F0Q0697m For permanent deactivation, contact Fiat
tion could greatly reduce the risk of injury Dealership.
in case of collision.
WARNING With multifunction display, the S.B.R. sys-
Correct adjustment is obtained when the tem can only be reset at Fiat Dealership.
Make the height adjustment
LIGHTS AND
belt passes half way between the end of
MESSAGES
WARNING
when the car is stationary. With reconfigurable multifunction display,
the shoulder and the neck.
the S.B.R. system can also be reset through
the set-up menu.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
WARNING
After adjustment, always
check that the slider is an-
chored in one of the positions pro-
vided. To do this, with the button A-
CAR
fig. 4 released, exert a further pres-
sure to allow the anchor device to
catch if release did not take place at
one of the preset position.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
113

PRETENSIONERS The pretensioner does not require any

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
maintenance or greasing. Anything that Operations which lead to

modifies its original conditions invalidates knocks, vibrations or localised
To increase the efficiency of the front and heating (over 100C for a
rear (for versions/markets, where pro- its efficiency. If due to unusual natural
events (floods, seas storm, etc.) the device maximum of 6 hours) in the
vided) seat belts, the car is fitted with pre- area around the pretensioners may
tensioners. These devices, in the event of has been affected by water and mud, it
cause damage or trigger them. These
DEVICES
SAFETY
violent front and side crash, rewind the must necessarily be replaced.
devices are not affected by vibrations
seat belts a few centimetres. In this way caused by irregularities of the road sur-
they ensure that the seat belt adheres per- face or low obstacles such as kerbs, etc.
fectly to the wearer before the restrain- Contact a Fiat Dealership for any as-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ing action begins. The seat belt locks to in- WARNING sistance.
dicate that the device has intervened; the The pretensioner can only
seat belt cannot be drawn back up even be used once. After a colli-
when guiding it manually. sion that has triggered it, have it re-
placed at a Fiat Dealership. Preten-
LIGHTS AND
LOAD LIMITERS
MESSAGES
WARNING
IMPORTANT To obtain the highest de- sioner validity is written on the label
gree of protection from the action of the located inside the lower oddment To increase passengers safety, the front
pretensioning device, wear the seat belt compartment. Pretensioners should and rear (for versions/markets, where
keeping it firmly close to the chest and be replaced at Fiat Dealership as this provided) seat belt reels contain a load
pelvis.
EMERGENCY
date approaches. limiter which allows controlled sag in such

IN AN
Pretensioner activation may produce a a way as to dose the force acting on the
small amount of smoke. This smoke is in shoulders during the belt restraining ac-
no way toxic and presents no fire hazard. tion in case of front crash.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
114

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0015m F0Q0038m F0Q0039m
fig. 5 fig. 6 fig. 7
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR IMPORTANT The belt should not be IMPORTANT Never travel with a child
USING THE SEAT BELTS twisted. The upper part should pass over sitting on the passengers lap with a sin-
gle belt to protect them both fig. 7. Do
LIGHTS AND
the shoulder and cross the chest diago-
MESSAGES
WARNING
The driver must comply with (and have not fasten other objects to the body.
the car occupants follow) all the local le- nally. The lower part should adhere to the
gal regulations concerning the use of seat pelvis (as shown in fig. 6) and not the ab-
belts. Always fasten the seat belts before domen of the passenger. Do not use any
starting. objects (pegs, stoppers, etc.) to keep the
EMERGENCY
belts away from the body.
IN AN
Seat belts are also to be worn by expec-
tant mothers: the risk of injury in the case
of accident is greatly reduced for them and
the unborn child if they are wearing a seat WARNING
belt. Of course they must position the
CAR
For maximum safety, keep
lower part of the belt very low down so the back of your seat up-
that it passes under the abdomen (as il- right, lean back into it and make sure
lustrated in fig. 5). the seat belt fits closely across your
TECHNICAL
chest and hips. Make sure that the
seat belts of the front and rear pas-
sengers are fastened at all times! You
increase the risk of serious injury or
death in a collision if you travel with
INDEX
the belts unfastened.
115

HOW TO KEEP THE SEAT prevent the reels from getting wet:
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
BELTS ALWAYS IN EFFICIENT their correct operation is only guaran-

Under no circumstances teed if water does not get inside;
should the components of the CONDITIONS
seat belts and pretensioners be tam- Observe the following: replace the seat belt when showing sig-
pered with or removed. Any operation nificant wear or cut signs.
always use the belt with the tap taut and
DEVICES
should be carried out by qualified and

SAFETY
authorised personnel. Always contact never twisted; make sure that it is free
a Fiat Dealership. to run without impediments;
after a serious accident, replace the belt
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
being worn at that time, even if it does

not appear damaged. Always replace
the seat belts if pretensioners have
WARNING been activated;
If the belt has been subject- to clean the belts, wash by hand with
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ed to heavy stress, for ex- neutral soap, rinse and leave to dry in
ample after an accident, it should be the shade. Never use strong deter-
changed completely together with gents, bleach or dyes or other chemi-
the anchors, anchor fastening screws cal substance that might weaken the fi-
EMERGENCY
and the pretensioners. In fact, even if bres;

IN AN
the belt has no visible defects, it could

have lost its resilience.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
116

CARRYING CHILDREN
AND CONTROLS
The results of research on the best child WARNING
DASHBOARD
restraint systems are contained in the Eu-
SAFELY ropean Standard EEC-R44. This Standard With front passengers air
enforces the use of restraint systems clas- bag active do not place cra-
For optimal protection in the event of a sified in five groups: dle childs seats facing backwards on
crash, all passengers must be seated and the front passenger seat since the air
Group 0 0-10 kg in weight bag activation could cause serious in-
DEVICES
SAFETY
wearing adequate restraint systems.
Group 0+ 0-13 kg in weight juries, even mortal regardless of the
This is even more important for children. seriousness of the crash. You are ad-
This prescription is compulsory in all EC Group 1 9-18 kg in weight vised to carry children always on the
CORRECT USE
rear seat, as this is the most protect-
OF THE CAR
countries according to EC Directive Group 2 15-25 kg in weight
2003/20/EC. ed position in the case of a crash.
Group 3 22-36 kg in weight
Compared with adults, their head is pro-
portionally larger and heavier than the rest As it may be noted, the groups overlap
LIGHTS AND
of the body, while the muscles and bone partly and in fact, in commerce it is pos- WARNING
MESSAGES
WARNING
structure are not completely developed. sible to find devices that cover more than SERIOUS DANGER Should it
Therefore, correct restraint systems are one weight group. be absolutely necessary to
necessary, other than adult seat belts. All restraint devices must bear the certi- carry a child on the front pas-
fication data, together with the control sengers seat with the cradle
EMERGENCY
seat facing backwards, passen-
IN AN
brand, on a solidly fixed label which must
absolutely never be removed. gers air bags (front and side
bags, for versions/markets, where pro-
Over 1.50 m in height, from the point of vided), shall be deactivated through the
view of restraint systems, children are setup menu. Deactivation shall be
considered as adults and wear the seat checked through the instrument panel
CAR
belts normally. warning light . The front passengers
Lineaccessori Fiat offers seats for each seat shall also be adjusted in the most
weight group, which are the recommend- backward position to prevent any con-
TECHNICAL
ed choice, as they have been designed and tact between childs seat and dash-
experimented specifically for Fiat cars. board.
INDEX
117

AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
The figures are indicative for

assembly purposes only. To
install the child restraint, refer to the
instructions supplied with the same.
DEVICES
Child seats with Isofix attachments

SAFETY
are available for a safe anchoring to

the seat without using the car seat
belts.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0429m F0Q0772m
fig. 8 fig. 9
GROUP 0 and 0+ GROUP 1

Babies up to 13 kg must be carried facing Starting from 9 kg to 18 kg in weight,
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
backwards on a cradle seat, which, sup- children may be carried facing forwards
porting the head, does not induce stress fig. 9.
on the neck in the event of sharp decel-
eration.
EMERGENCY
The cradle is restrained by the car seat

IN AN
belts, as shown in fig. 8 and in turn it must

restrain the child with its own belts.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
118

AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
The illustrations are indica-
tive only for assembly. As-
semble the seat according to the com-
pulsory instructions provided with it.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0431m F0Q0432m
fig. 10 fig. 11
GROUP 2 GROUP 3
Starting from 15 kg to 25 kg in weight, chil- For children between 22 kg and 36 kg,
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
dren may be restrained directly by the car there are boosters allowing the seatbelt
belts fig. 10. The only function of the seat to fit correctly.
is to position the child correctly in rela-
tion to the belts, so that the diagonal part Fig. 11 shows proper child seat posi-
adheres to the chest and not to the neck tioning on the rear seat.
EMERGENCY
and that the horizontal part clings to the
IN AN
Children taller than 1.50 m can wear seat
childs pelvis and not the abdomen. belts like adults.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
119

SUITABILITY OF PASSENGER SEATS FOR CHILD SEAT USE

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Your car complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC regulating childs seat assembling on the different car seats accord-
ing to the following table:
DEVICES
SAFETY
Group Range of weight Front Rear Central rear

passenger passenger passenger
Group 0, 0+ up to 13 kg U U U
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Group 1 9-18 kg U U U
Group 2 15-25 kg U U U
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Gruppo 3 22-36 kg U U U
Key:
EMERGENCY
IN AN
U = suitable for child restraint systems of the Universal category, according to European Standard EEC-R44 for the specified Groups.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
120

AND CONTROLS
Below is a summary of the rules of 4) Always check the seat belt is well fas- WARNING
DASHBOARD
safety to be followed for carrying tened by pulling the webbing.
With passengers air bag ac-
children: 5) Only one child is to be strapped to tive, never place childs seats
1) The recommended position for in- each retaining system. with the cradle facing backwards
stalling childs seat is on the rear seat, as 6) Always check the seat belts do not fit since the air bag activation could
cause to the child serious injuries,
DEVICES
it is the most protected in the case of a
SAFETY
around the childs throat.
crash. even mortal, regardless of the seri-
7) While travelling, do not let the child ousness of the crash that triggered it.
2) If the passenger airbag is deactivated, sit incorrectly or release the belts. You are advised to carry children al-
always check that it is properly deactivat-
CORRECT USE
ways with proper restraint systems on
OF THE CAR
ed by ensuring the warning light is on 8) Passengers should never carry children the rear seats, as this is the most pro-
with a fixed light on the instrument pan- on their laps. No-one, however strong tected position in the case of a crash.
el. they are, can hold a child in the event of
a crash.
3) Attain to the instructions for fastening
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the specific child restraint system which 9) In case of an accident, replace the
you are using. These instructions must be childs seat with a new one.
provided by the manufacturer. Keep the
child restraint system installation instruc-
tions with the car documents and this
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Handbook. Never use a child restraint sys-
tem without installation instructions.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
121

PRESETTING
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
FOR MOUNTING
THE ISOFIX CHILD
RESTRAINT SYSTEM
DEVICES
SAFETY
This car is preset for mounting the Uni-

versal Isofix child restraint system, a new
European standardised system for carry-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ing children safely. fig. 13 F0Q0698m
It is possible to mount at the same time

both the traditional restraint system and
the Isofix one.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Fig. 12 shows a childs seat by way of ex-

ample. The Universal Isofix childs seat
covers weight group: 1.
Other weight groups are covered by a
EMERGENCY
specific Isofix child seat that can be used

IN AN
only if specifically designed, tested and ap-

proved for his vehicle (see the list of ve- F0Q0614m F0Q0699m
hicles accompanying the child seat). fig. 12 fig. 14
Due to its different anchoring system, the Remember that in case of Universal Isofix
CAR
Universal Isofix childs seat shall be an- WARNING

childs seat, you can only use all those
chored to the proper lower metal rings seats approved with the marking ECE Mount the child restraint
A-fig. 13, set between rear seat back and R44/03 Isofix. system only with the car sta-
cushion. The upper belt (provided with tionary. The Isofix child restraint sys-
TECHNICAL
the childs seat) shall be then secured to The Universal Isofix Duo Plus child seat tem is properly anchored to the
ring B-fig. 14 set at the back of the seat and the special G 0/1 seat are available mounting brackets when clicks are
backrest at childs seat height. from Lineaccessori Fiat. heard. In any case, keep to the in-
For any further details on installation/use, stallation instructions that must be
refer to the Instruction Manual for the provided by the child restraint system
INDEX
child seat. Manufacturer.
122

AND CONTROLS
PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON ISOFIX CHILDS SEAT USE
DASHBOARD
The table below, according to ECE 16 European Directive, shows the different installation possibilities of Isofix restraint systems
on seats fitted with Isofix fasteners.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Range of weight Childs seat Isofix class Isofix position
orientation side rear
Group 0 to 10 kg Facing backwards E IL
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Facing backwards E IL
Group 0+ to 13 kg Facing backwards D IL
LIGHTS AND
Facing backwards C IL (*)
MESSAGES
WARNING
Facing backwards D IL
Facing backwards C IL (*)
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Group I - 9 to 18 kg Facing forwards B IUF
Facing forwards B1 IUF
Facing forwards A IUF
CAR
IUF: suitable for Isofix child restraint systems to be set facing forwards, universal class (fitted with third upper fastener), approved
for the weight group.
TECHNICAL
IL: suitable for Isofix type child restraint systems, specific and approved for this type of car. The childs seat can be installed by
moving forward the front seat.
(*) The Isofix child seat can be mounted by positioning the front seat at its full height.
INDEX
123

FRONT AIR BAGS In case of crash, a person not wearing the

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
seat belt moves forward and may come in-

The car is fitted with front air bags for the to contact with the cushion while it is still
driver, for the passenger and with drivers inflating. Under this circumstance the pro-
knees air bag (for versions/markets, where tection offered by the air bag is reduced.
provided). Front air bag may not be activated in the
DEVICES
SAFETY
The front air bags (driver and passenger) following situations:

and drivers knees air bag (for ver- front collisions against highly de-
sions/markets, where provided) have been formable objects not affecting the car
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
designed to protect the occupants in the front surface (e.g. bumper collision fig. 15 F0Q0624m
event of head-on crashes of medium-high against guard rail, etc.);

severity, by placing the cushion between DRIVERS FRONT AIR BAG fig. 15
the occupant and the steering wheel or in case of wedging under other vehicles
dashboard. or protective barriers (for example un- It consists of an instant-inflating cushion
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
der a truck or guard rail); contained in a special recess in the cen-

Front air bags are designed to protect tre of the steering wheel.
cars occupants in front crashes and there- as it offers no additional protection com-
fore non-activation in other types of col- pared with the seat belts, consequently,
lisions (side collisions, rear shunts, roll- it would be pointless. Therefore, failure to
EMERGENCY
overs, etc.) is not a system malfunction. come into action in the above circum-
WARNING
IN AN
stances does not mean that the system is

In case of front crash, an electronic con- not working properly. Always keep your hands on
trol unit, when required, triggers the in- the steering wheel rim when
flation of the cushion according to the driving, so that if the air bag is trig-
severity of the collision. The cushion im- gered, it can inflate without meeting
CAR
mediately inflates, placing itself as a pro- any obstacles which could cause seri-
tection between the body of the front oc- WARNING ous harm to you. Do not drive with
cupants and the structure that could cause Do not apply stickers or oth- the body bent forwards, keep the seat
injuries. Immediately after, the cushion de- er objects to the steering back rest in the erect position and
TECHNICAL
flates. wheel or to the air bag cover on the lean your back well against it.
The front driver/passenger air bags and passengers side or on the side roof
the drivers knees air bag (for versions/ lining. Do not put objects on the
markets, where provided) are not a re- dashboard on passenger side since
placement of but complementary to the they could interfere with proper pas-
INDEX
use of belts, which should always be worn, senger air bag inflation and cause in-
as specified by law in Europe and most non juries to the cars passengers.
European countries.
124

AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
SERIOUS DANGER: With
passengers air bag active, AUTO
never place childs seats with

the cradle facing backwards
since the air bag activation
DEVICES
SAFETY
could cause to the child serious in-
juries, even mortal. In the case of
need, always deactivate the passen-
CORRECT USE
gers air bag when a childs seat is
OF THE CAR
F0Q0700m F0Q0702m
fig. 16 fig. 17
placed on the front seat. The front
passengers seat shall be adjusted in
PASSENGERS FRONT AIR BAG the most backward position to pre- DRIVERS KNEES AIR BAG fig. 17
fig. 16 vent any contact between childs seat (for versions/markets, where provided)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
It consists of an instant-inflating cushion and dashboard. Even if not compul- Knees air bag consists of an instant-inflat-
contained into a special recess in the sory by law, you are recommended to ing cushion housed into a special com-
dashboard, this cushion has a volume big- reactivate the air bag immediately as partment provided for the purpose under
ger than that of the driver. soon as child transport is no longer the steering wheel at drivers knees level,
necessary. designed to give further protection in the
EMERGENCY
The drivers and passengers front Air bags
IN AN
event of frontal crash.
have been designed and calibrated to im-
prove the protection of a person wear-
ing seat belts.
At their maximum inflation, their volume
CAR
fills most of the space between the dash-
board and the passenger.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
125

MANUAL DEACTIVATION SIDE AIR BAGS

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
OF PASSENGERS FRONT
AIR BAG AND SIDE BAG
(Side bag -
Should it be absolutely necessary to car-
Window bag)
ry a child on the front seat, the passengers
The car is fitted with front side bags for
DEVICES
front air bag and the side bag (where pro-

SAFETY
vided) can be deactivated. driver and passenger (where provided) for

protecting the chest and window bags
The instrument panel warning light will (where provided) for protecting front and
stay on glowing steadily until reactivating rear passengers head.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0701m
passengers air bag. fig. 18
Side bags protect car occupants from side
crashes of medium-high severity, by plac- SIDE BAGS
ing the cushion between the occupant and
the internal parts of the side structure of (for versions/markets, where provided)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the car. They consist of two types of instant infla-

WARNING tion cushions and are housed in the back
To deactivate the passen- Non-activation of side bags in other types
of collisions (front collisions, rear shunts, rests of the front seats fig. 18. The task
gers front air bag and the of the side air bags is to increase protec-
side bag (for versions/markets, where roll-overs, etc...) is not a system malfunc-
tion of the occupants chest in the event
EMERGENCY
tion.
IN AN
provided), refer to paragraphs Mul- of a side crash of medium-high severity.

tifunction display and Reconfig- In case of side crash, an electronic control
urable multifunction display in sec- unit, when required triggers the inflation
tion Dashboard and controls. of the cushion. The cushion immediately
inflates, placing itself as a protection, be-

CAR
tween the occupants body and the struc-

ture that could cause injuries. Immediate-
ly after, the cushion deflates.
TECHNICAL
Side bags are not a replacement of but

complementary to the belts, which you
are recommended to always wear, as
specified by law in Europe and most non-
European countries.
INDEX
126

AND CONTROLS
Also in this case it is of vital importance to WARNING
DASHBOARD
wear the seat belts since in case of side
crash they guarantee proper positioning Do not hook rigid objects to
of the occupant and prevent the occupants the coat hooks and to the
to be pitched out of the car in case of vi- support handles.
olent crashes.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Therefore the front side bags (for ver-
sions/markets, where provided) are not
a replacement of but complementary to WARNING
CORRECT USE
the belts, which you are recommended to
OF THE CAR
fig. 19 F0Q0703m Do not cover the backrest of
always wear, as specified by law in Europe front seats with trims or cov-
and most non-European countries. ers that are not suitable to be used
WINDOW BAGS fig. 19
with side bags.
(for versions/markets, where provided) IMPORTANT In the event of side crash,
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
It is formed by two "curtain" window bags you can obtain the best protection by the
are located behind the side roof uphol- system keeping a correct position on the
stery and are covered by special trimming. seat, allowing thus a correct window bag
They were designed to protect the head unfolding. WARNING
of front and rear passengers in case of side Never rest head, arms and
EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT Do not wash seats with elbows on the door, on the
IN AN
collisions, thanks to the wide cushion in-
flation surface. pressurised water or steam (by hand or at windows and in the window bag area
automatic seat washing stations). to prevent possible injuries during in-
In minor side crashes (for which the re- flation phase.
straining action of the seat belts is suffi-
cient), the air bags are not deployed.
CAR
WARNING
TECHNICAL
Never lean head, arms and
elbows out of the window.
INDEX
127

GENERAL WARNINGS If you are having the car scrapped, have

AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
the air bag system deactivated at a Fiat

1) The front air bags and/or front and Dealership first. If the car changes own- If when turning the ignition
front side bags (for versions/markets, ership, the new owner must be informed key to MAR, the warning
where provided) may be deployed if the of the method of use of air bags and the light does not turn on or if it stays
car is subject to heavy knocks or accidents above warnings and also be given this on when travelling (together with the
involving the underbody area, such as for
DEVICES
message on the display) there could

SAFETY
Owner Handbook.
example violent shocks, against steps, be a failure in safety systems; in this
kerbs or low obstacles, falling of the car in 4) The triggering of pretensioners, front event air bags or pretensioners could
big holes or sags in the road. air bags and front side bags is decided in not trigger in case of impact or, in a
CORRECT USE
a differentiated manner, depending on the minor number of cases, they could

OF THE CAR
2) When the airbag inflates it emits a small type of crash. The failure to deploy one or
amount of dusts. These dusts are harm- trigger accidentally. Contact Fiat
more of them does not mean that the sys- Dealership immediately to have the
less and is not the beginning of a fire; then tem is not working properly.
the unfold cushion surface and the car in- system checked.
teriors can be covered by a dusty remains:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
this dust can irritate skin and eyes. In case

of contact, wash yourself using neutral
soap and water.
3) Should an accident occur in which any WARNING
EMERGENCY
of the safety devices is activated, take the

IN AN
Life and validity of pyrotech-

car to a Fiat Dealership to have the de- nic charge and coil contact
vices activated replaced and to have the are indicated on the label located in-
system checked. side the lower oddment compart-
Every control, repair and replacement op- ment. As this date approaches, con-
CAR
erations concerning the air bags must on- tact Fiat Dealership to have them re-
ly be carried out c/o Fiat Dealership. placed.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
128

AND CONTROLS
WARNING WARNING WARNING
DASHBOARD
Never travel with objects on Remember that with the key The front air bag is triggered
your lap, in front of your engaged and at MAR, even for shocks greater in magni-
chest or with a pipe, pencil, etc. be- with the engine not running, the air tude than the pretensioners. For im-
tween your lips; injury may result in bags may be triggered on a stationary pacts between these two thresholds,
the event of the air bag being trig- car if it is bumped by another moving it is therefore normal that only the
DEVICES
SAFETY
gered. car. Therefore, never seat children on pretensioners are triggered.
the front seat even when the car is
stationary. On the other hand, re-
CORRECT USE
member that with the key at STOP
OF THE CAR
no safety system (air bags or preten-
sioners) is triggered in the event of an
WARNING impact; in this case, failure to come WARNING
If the car has been stolen or into action cannot be considered as a The air bag does not substi-
LIGHTS AND
an attempt to steal it has tute the seat belts, but only
MESSAGES
WARNING
sign that the system is not working
been made, if it has been subjected to properly. increases their effectiveness. More-
vandals or floods, have the air bag over, since the front air bags do not
system checked by Fiat Dealership. come into operation in the event of
front impact at low speed, side colli-
EMERGENCY
sions, bumps from behind or over-
IN AN
WARNING turning, in these circumstances the
occupants would only be protected
When the ignition key is by the seat belts which must therefore
turned to MAR, the warning
always be fastened.
light (with passengers front Air
CAR
bag on) turns on and flashes for few
seconds to remind that the passen-
gers air bag will be deployed in a
crash, after which it should go off.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
129

page intentionally left blank

CORRECT USE OF THE CAR
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
ENGINE STARTING ........................................................... 132
PARKING................................................................................ 135
DEVICES
SAFETY
USING THE GEARBOX...................................................... 136
CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS................................. 137
TOWING TRAILERS............................................................ 139
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SNOW TYRES ....................................................................... 141
SNOW CHAINS ................................................................... 141
CAR INACTIVITY ............................................................... 142
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
131

ENGINE STARTING STARTING PROCEDURE FOR

AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
PETROL VERSIONS
Running the engine in con-
The car is fitted with an electronic engine Proceed as follows: fined areas is extremely dan-
lock device: if the engine fails to start, see gerous. The engine consumes oxygen
the paragraph The Fiat CODE system in pull up the handbrake; and produces carbon monoxide
section Dashboard and controls. set the gear lever to neutral;
DEVICES
which is a highly toxic and lethal gas.

SAFETY
The engine may be noisier than usual dur- press the clutch pedal down to the
ing the first seconds of operation, espe- floor without touching the accelerator;
cially after it has not been used for a while.
CORRECT USE
turn the ignition key to AVV and let

OF THE CAR
This characteristic feature of the hydraulic

tappet system does not compromise func- it go the moment the engine starts. When the engine is switched
tionality or reliability. This timing system off never leave the ignition key
for petrol engines was adopted to limit If the engine does not start at the first at- at MAR to prevent pointless
servicing. tempt, return the ignition key to STOP current absorption from drain-
LIGHTS AND
before repeating starting.

MESSAGES
WARNING
ing the battery.

Engine starting is guaranteed up to a min-
imum temperature of 18C (Italy and If, when the ignition key is at MAR, warn-
Middle Europe) and 20C (North Eu- ing light Y remains (or the symbol on dis-
rope). play) lit together with warning light U,
If you are still unable to start the engine,
EMERGENCY
turn the key to STOP and then back to

perform the emergency start-up proce-
IN AN
MAR; if the warning light remains on, try

with the other keys provided with the car. dure (see Emergency start-up in section
In an emergency) and contact Fiat Deal-
ership.
IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition key

CAR
We recommend that during at MAR when the engine is off.

the initial period you do not
drive to full car performance
(e.g.: excessive acceleration,
TECHNICAL
long journeys at top speed, sharp brak-

ing, etc.).
INDEX
132

AND CONTROLS
STARTING PROCEDURE IMPORTANT With cold engine, the ac- IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition key
DASHBOARD
FOR DIESEL VERSIONS celerator pedal shall be completely re- at MAR when the engine is off.
leased while turning the ignition key to
Proceed as follows: AVV.
Ensure that the handbrake is up; If the engine does not start at the first at-
set the gear lever to neutral; tempt, return the ignition key to STOP The warning light m will
DEVICES
SAFETY
before repeating starting. flash for 60 seconds at start-
turn the ignition key to MAR. The up or during prolonged crank-
warning lights m and Y (or the sym- If, when the ignition key is at MAR, warning to signal a fault in the glow
bol on display) on the instrument pan- ing light Y on the instrument panel (or plug heating system. You can use the
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
el will turn on; the symbol on display) stays on, turn the car as usual if the engine starts but you
key to STOP and then back to MAR; if should contact a Fiat Dealership as
wait for the warning lights Y (or the the warning light remains on, try with the soon as possible.
symbol on display) and m to turn off. other keys provided with the car.
The hotter the engine is, the quicker
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
this will happen; If you still cannot start the engine, contact
Fiat Dealership.
press the clutch pedal down to the
floor without touching the accelerator;
turn the ignition key to AVV as soon
EMERGENCY
IN AN
as warning light m turns off. If you
wait too long you will lose the benefit
of the work done by the glow plugs. Re-
lease the key as soon as the engine
starts.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
133

HOW TO WARM UP THE STOPPING THE ENGINE

AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
ENGINE AFTER IT HAS Turn the ignition to STOP while the en- Remember that the servo-
JUST STARTED gine is idling. brake and power steering
(petrol and diesel engines) are not operational until the engine
IMPORTANT After a taxing drive, you
Proceed as follows: should allow the engine to catch its has been started, therefore much ef-
DEVICES
fort than usual is required on the

SAFETY
Drive off slowly, letting the engine turn breath before turning it off by letting it
idle to allow the temperature in the en- brake pedal and steering wheel.
at medium revs. Do not accelerate
abruptly; gine compartment to fall.
CORRECT USE
Do not drive at full performance for the

OF THE CAR
initial kilometres. Wait until the coolant

temperature gauge starts moving.
Never bump start the engine A quick burst on the acceler-
EMERGENCY START-UP
LIGHTS AND
by pushing, towing or coasting ator before turning off the en-

MESSAGES
WARNING
If the instrument panel warning light Y downhill as this could cause gine serves absolutely no prac-
(or the symbol on display) stays on with fuel to flow into the catalytic tical purpose, it wastes fuel
fixed light, contact Fiat Dealership. exhaust system and damage it beyond and is damaging especially to tur-
repair. bocharged engines.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
134

PARKING
AND CONTROLS
HANDBRAKE
DASHBOARD
The handbrake lever is located between
Proceed as follows: the two front seats.
Stop the engine and engage the hand- Pull the handbrake lever upwards until the
brake; car cannot be moved.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Engage a gear (1st if the car is faced up- Four or five clicks are generally enough
hill or reverse if it is faced downhill) and when the car is on level ground while nine
leave the wheels steered. or ten may be required if the car is on a
CORRECT USE
steep slope or laden.
OF THE CAR
F0Q0628m
Block the wheels with a wedge or a stone fig. 1
if the car is parked on a steep slope. Do IMPORTANT If this is not the case, con-
not leave the ignition key at MAR to pre- tact Fiat Dealership to have the handbrake When the handbrake lever is pulled up
vent draining the battery. Always remove adjusted. and the ignition key is at MAR, the in-
the key when you leave the car. strument panel warning light x will turn
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
In cars fitted with front armrest, lift the on.
latter so that it does not hinder the hand-
brake engaging procedure. To release the handbrake:
slightly lift the handbrake and press re-
EMERGENCY
lease button A-fig. 1;
IN AN
WARNING keep button A pressed and lower the
Never leave children unat- lever. Warning light x will turn off.
tended in the car. Always re-
Press the brake pedal when carrying out
move the ignition key when leaving this operation to prevent the car from
CAR
the car and take it out with you. moving accidentally.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
135

USING THE GEARBOX

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
To engage the gears, press the clutch ped-

al fully and shift the gear lever into the re-
quired position (the diagram of gear po-
sition is shown on the knob fig. 2, fig. 3
DEVICES
SAFETY
and fig. 4.
To engage 6th gear (1.416V, 1.4 T-JET,
1.4 Turbo Multi Air, 1.6 Multijet, 1.9 Mul-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
tijet 16V version, 2.0 Multijet) press the fig. 2 F0Q0734m

fig. 3 F0Q0602m
lever to the right to prevent engaging 4th

gear by mistake. A similar action is re- To engage reverse R from neutral, lift ring
quired to shift down from 6th to 5th. A-fig. 2, A-fig. 3 or A-fig. 4 and, at the
same time:
LIGHTS AND
IMPORTANT The car can only be put in-

MESSAGES
WARNING
to reverse gear when it has stopped mov- shift the lever to the right and back (ver-
ing completely. With the engine running, sions 1.416V, 1.6 Multijet, 1.9 Multijet
before engaging the reverse, wait at least 16V) (fig. 2) and 1.9 Multijet 8V (fig. 3);
2 seconds with the clutch pedal fully down
EMERGENCY
to prevent damage and grating of the or

IN AN
gears.
shift the lever to the left and forward
(versions 1.4 T-JET, 1.4 Turbo Multi fig. 4 F0Q0783m
Air, 2.0 Multijet) (fig. 4).

CAR
Do not drive with your hand

WARNING resting on the gear lever as the
force exerted, even if slight,
TECHNICAL
To change gears properly could lead over time to pre-

you must push the clutch mature wear on the gearbox internal
pedal fully down. It is therefore es- components.
sential that there is nothing under the
pedals: make sure the mats are lying
INDEX
flat and do not get in the way of the

pedals.
136

CONTAINING
AND CONTROLS
Unnecessary loads Climate control
DASHBOARD
RUNNING COSTS Do not travel with too much luggage The air conditioner is an additional load
stowed in the boot. The weight of the car which greatly affects the engine leading to
Here are some useful tips to save fuel and (especially when driving in town) and its higher consumption (on average up to
minimize polluting emissions of CO2 and trim greatly affects consumption and sta- +20%). When the temperature outside
bility. the car permits it, use the air vents where
DEVICES
SAFETY
other pollutants (nitric oxide, unburnt hy-
drocarbons, fine dusts etc). possible.
Roof rack/ski rack
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS Spoilers
Remove the roof rack or the ski rack from
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
the roof as soon as they are no longer The use of non-certified aerodynamic
Car maintenance used. These accessories lower air pene- items may adversely affect air drag and
Have checks and adjustments carried out tration and adversely affect consumption consumption levels.
in accordance with the Service schedule. levels. When needing to carry particular-
LIGHTS AND
ly voluminous objects, preferably use a
MESSAGES
WARNING
trailer.
Tyres
Check the pressure of the tyres routine- Electric devices
ly at an interval of no more than 4 weeks:
EMERGENCY
if the pressure is too low, consumption Use electric devices only for the amount
IN AN
levels increase as resistance to rolling is of time needed. Rear heated window, ad-
higher. ditional headlights, windscreen wipers and
heater fan need a considerable amount of
energy, therefore increasing the require-
ment of current increases fuel consump-
CAR
tion (up to +25% in the urban cycle).
TECHNICAL
INDEX
137

DRIVING STYLE Top speed CONDITIONS OF USE

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Fuel consumption considerably increases

Starting with speed. Avoid superfluous braking and Cold starting
Do not warm the engine with the car at accelerating, which cost in terms of both Short journeys and frequent cold starts do
a standstill or at idle or high speed: under fuel and emissions. not allow the engine to reach optimum
DEVICES
SAFETY
these conditions the engine warms up operating temperature. This results in a

much more slowly, increasing electrical Acceleration significant increase in consumption levels
consumption and emissions. It is therefore (from +15 to +30% on the urban cycle)
advisable to move off immediately, slow- Accelerating violently increasing the revs and emission of harmful substances.
will greatly affect consumption and emis-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ly, avoiding high speeds. This way the en-

gine will warm faster. sions: acceleration should be gradual and
should not exceed the maximum torque. Traffic situations and road
conditions
Unnecessary actions
Rather high consumption levels are tied to
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Avoid accelerating when waiting at traffic

WARNING
situations with heavy traffic, for example

lights or before switching off the engine. in queues with frequent use of the lower
This and also double declutching is ab- gears or in cities with many traffic lights.
solutely pointless on modern cars and al- Also winding mountain roads and rough
so increase consumption and pollution. road surfaces adversely affect consump-
EMERGENCY
tion.
IN AN
Gear selection
As soon as the conditions of the traffic and Traffic hold-ups
road allow, use a higher gear. Using a low
During prolonged hold-ups (traffic lights,

gear to obtain brilliant performance in- level crossings) the engine should be
CAR
creases consumption. switched off.

In the same way improper use of a high
gear increases consumption, emissions an
TECHNICAL
engine wear.
INDEX
138

TOWING TRAILERS
AND CONTROLS
INSTALLING Any electric brake (or electric winch, etc.)
DASHBOARD
THE TOW HOOK should be supplied directly by the battery
through a cable with a cross section of no
IMPORTANT NOTES The towing device should be fastened to less than 2.5 mm2.
the body by specialised personnel accord-
For towing caravans or trailers the car ing to any additional and/or integrative in- IMPORTANT Electric brake or other de-
must be fitted with a certified tow hook vice shall be used with running engine.
DEVICES
formation supplied by the Manufacturer of
SAFETY
and an adequate electric system. Installa- the device. The towing device must meet
tion should be carried out by specialised In addition to the electrical branches, the
current regulations with reference to car electric system can only be connect-
personnel who release a special document 94/20/EC Directive and subsequent
for circulation on the road. ed to the supply cable for an electric brake
CORRECT USE
amendments. For any version the towing
OF THE CAR
and to the cable for an internal light,
Install any specific and/or additional rear- device used must match the towable though not above 15W. For connections
view mirrors as specified by law. weight of the car on which it is to be in- use the preset control unit with battery
stalled. cable no less than 2.5 mm2.
Remember that when towing a trailer,
steep hills are harder to climb, the brak- IMPORTANT Supplementary electric
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ing spaces increase and overtaking takes loads other than external lights (e.g. elec-
longer depending on the overall weight. tric brake, electric winch, etc.) shall be
Engage a low gear when driving downhill, used with running engine.
WARNING
rather than constantly using the brake. For the electric connection a unified con-
EMERGENCY
The ABS system with which
nector should be used which is generally
IN AN
The weight the trailer exerts on the car tow the car may be fitted does
hook reduces by the same amount the ac- placed on a special bracket normally fas- not control the trailer braking system.
tual car loading capacity. To make sure the tened to the towing device, and a special Drive with extreme care on slippery
maximum towable weight is not exceeded ECU for external trailer light control shall roadbeds.
(given in the log book) account should be be installed on the car.
CAR
taken of the fully laden trailer, including ac- For the electrical connection, 7 or 13 pin
cessories and personal belongings. 12VDC connection is to be used (CU-
Do not exceed the speed limits of the NA/UNI and ISO/DIN Standards). Follow
the instructions provided by the car man- WARNING
TECHNICAL
country you are driving in. In any case do
not exceed 80 km/h. ufacturer and/or the tow hitch manufac- Under no circumstances
turer. should the car brake system
be altered to control the trailer brake.
The trailer braking system must be
fully independent of the cars hy-
INDEX
draulic system.
139

Assembly diagram fig. 5

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
The tow-hook structure must be secured

at the points indicated with with a to-
tal of 2 M8 bolts, 4 M10 bolts and 2 M12
bolts.
DEVICES
SAFETY
The hook should be fastened to the body
REAR AXLE
Existing hole
avoiding any type of drilling and trimming
Full load
of the rear bumpers that remains visible Existing holes
when the hook is removed.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
After fitting, screw holes shall be sealed to

prevent exhaust gas inlet.
Existing holes
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Ball to 94/20 EC standard

EMERGENCY
IN AN
Existing
CAR
holes
Existing holes
TECHNICAL
F0Q0249m
fig. 5
INDEX
140

SNOW TYRES SNOW CHAINS
AND CONTROLS
Due to the snow tyre features, under nor-
DASHBOARD
mal conditions of use or on long motor-
Use snow tyres of the same size as the way journeys, the performance of these Use of snow chains should be in compli-
normal tyres provided with the car. tyres is lower than that of normal tyres. It ance with local regulations.
is therefore necessary to limit their use to
Fiat Dealership will be happy to provide the purposes for which they are certified. Snow chains should only be applied to the
DEVICES
SAFETY
advice concerning the most suitable type driving wheels (front wheels).
of tyre for the customers requirements. IMPORTANT When snow tyres are used
with a max speed index below the one Check the tension of the chains after the
For the type of tyre to be used, inflation that can be reached by the car (increased first few metres have been driven. Use
pressures and the specifications of snow snow chains with reduced size:
CORRECT USE
by 5%), place a notice in the passengers
OF THE CAR
tyres, follow the instructions given in para- compartment, plainly in the drivers view
graph Wheels in section Technical for 195/65 R15 and 205/55 R16 tyres
which states the max permissible speed of use snow chains with reduced size with
specifications. the snow tyres (as per EC Directive). max protrusion beyond the tyre profile of
The winter features of these tyres are re- All four tyres should be the same (brand 9 mm:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
duced considerably when the tread depth and track) to ensure greater safety when
is below 4 mm. In this case, they should for 225/45 R17 tyres use snow chains
driving and braking and better driveability. with reduced size with max protrusion be-
be replaced.
Remember that it is inappropriate to yond the tyre profile of 7 mm.
change the direction of rotation of tyres.
EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT Snow chains cannot be fit-
IN AN
ted to the space-saver spare wheel. So, if
a front wheel is punctured and chains are
needed, a rear wheel should be fitted to
WARNING the front of the car and the spare wheel
The max speed for snow should be fitted to the rear.
CAR
tyres with Q marking is
160 km/h; 190 km/h for tyres with T This way with two normal drive wheels,
marking and 210 km/h for tyres with snow chains can be fitted to them to solve
H marking. The Road Traffic Code an emergency.
TECHNICAL
speed limits must however be always
strictly observed.
INDEX
141

IMPORTANT Snow chains may not be CAR INACTIVITY sprinkle talcum powder on the rubber
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
used on tyres type 225/40 R18 92V since windscreen and rear window wiper
interference can be generated with the If the car is to be left inactive for longer blades and lift them off the glass;
surrounding components. than a month, the following precautions slightly open the windows;
should be noted:
cover the car with a cloth or perforat-
park the car in covered, dry and if pos-
DEVICES
SAFETY
ed plastic sheet. Do not use sheets of

sible well-ventilated premises; non-perforated plastic as they do not
Keep your speed down engage a gear; allow moisture on the car body to
when snow chains are evaporate;
CORRECT USE
check that the handbrake is not en-

OF THE CAR
fitted. Do not exceed inflate tyres to +0,5 bar above the nor-
50 km/h. Avoid potholes, steps gaged;
mal specified pressure and check it at
and pavements and avoid also to drive disconnect the battery negative termi- intervals;
for long distances on roads not covered nal (for versions with Start&Stop sys-
with snow to prevent damaging the car do not drain the engine cooling system.
LIGHTS AND
tem refer to the paragraph Start&Stop

MESSAGES
WARNING
and the roadbed. system in the Dashboard and con- IMPORTANT Where relevant, switch off
trols section); the car alarm with the remote control.
clean and protect the painted parts us-
EMERGENCY
ing protective wax;

IN AN
clean and protect the shiny metal parts

using special compounds readily avail-
able.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
142

WA R N I N G L I G H T S A N D M E S S A G E S
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
GENERAL WARNINGS ..................................................... 144 GLOW PLUG WARMING ................................................ 151
LOW BRAKE FLUID ............................................................ 144 GLOW PLUG WARMING FAILURE ............................... 151
DEVICES
WATER IN DIESEL FUEL FILTER ..................................... 151
SAFETY
HANDBRAKE ON................................................................ 144
BRAKE PAD WEAR ............................................................ 144 ABS SYSTEM FAILURE......................................................... 152
AIR BAG FAILURE................................................................ 145 EBD SYSTEM FAILURE ........................................................ 152
CORRECT USE
CAR PROTECTION SYSTEM FAILURE FIAT CODE.. 152
OF THE CAR
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG/
SIDE BAGS DEACTIVATED ....................................................... 145 ALARM FAILURE .................................................................. 152
SEAT BELTS NOT FASTENED.......................................... 146 THEFT ATTEMPT ................................................................. 152
LOW BATTERY CHARGE ................................................. 146 T.P.M.S. SYSTEM FAILURE ................................................. 153
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
LOW TYRE PRESSURE ...................................................... 153
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.......................................... 146
CHECK TYRE PRESSURE .................................................. 153
EXHAUSTED OIL ................................................................ 146
TYRE PRESSURE UNSUITABLE FOR SPEED................. 153
DUALDRIVE ELECTRIC POWER EXTERNAL LIGHTS FAILURE........................................... 155
EMERGENCY
STEERING FAILURE.............................................................. 147
IN AN
BRAKE LIGHTS FAILURE ................................................... 155
DUALDRIVE ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
ACTIVATION ....................................................................... 147 REAR FOGLIGHTS............................................................... 155
FRONT FOG LIGHTS.......................................................... 155
START&STOP SYSTEM ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION 147
LEFT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR........................ 155
CAR
ENGINE COOLANT HIGH TEMPERATURE ................ 148
RIGHT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR.................... 155
INCOMPLETE DOOR LOCKING.................................... 148
SIDE/TAILLIGHTS AND LOW BEAMS ........................... 156
BOOT OPEN ......................................................................... 148 FOLLOW ME HOME ........................................................... 156
TECHNICAL
BONNET OPEN ................................................................... 148 MAIN BEAMS ......................................................................... 156
GENERIC FAILURE INDICATION ................................. 149 CRUISE CONTROL ............................................................ 156
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CLOGGED ................. 149 POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE ON THE ROAD ........... 156
FUEL RESERVE....................................................................... 150 LIMITED RANGE ................................................................. 156
INDEX
EOBD/INJECTION SYSTEM FAILURE............................. 151 ASR SYSTEM ......................................................................... 156
ESP SYSTEM .......................................................................... 151 SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED .................................................. 156
HILL HOLDER FAILURE .................................................... 151 SPORT FUNCTION ACTIVATION................................. 156 143

WARNING LIGHTS LOW BRAKE FLUID Handbrake on

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
AND MESSAGES x LEVEL (red)

HANDBRAKE ON (red)
The warning light turns on when the hand-
brake is on.
GENERAL WARNINGS Turning the ignition key to MAR the If the car is moving, a buzzer will also
warning light turns on, but it should go off sound.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Turning on of warning light and/or symbol after few seconds.

is accompanied by specific message and/or IMPORTANT If the warning light turns on
by buzzer sound where provided by in- when travelling, check that the handbrake
strument panel. These indications are Low brake fluid level is not engaged.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
concise and cautionary and shall not be The warning light turns on when the lev-
considered as exhaustive and/or as an al- el of the brake fluid in the reservoir falls
ternative to the specifications contained below the minimum level, due to possi- BRAKE PAD
d
in this Owner Handbook which shall al- ble leak in the circuit.
ways be read through carefully and thor- WEAR (amber)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
oughly. In case of failure indication always The display will show the dedicated mes-
refer to the specifications contained sage.
in this section. The warning light (or the symbol on the
display) turns on if the front brake pads
IMPORTANT Failure indications displayed are worn; in this case have them changed
EMERGENCY
are divided into two categories: very se- WARNING as soon as possible.
IN AN
rious and less serious failures. If the x warning light The display will show the dedicated mes-
Very serious failures are indicated by a turns on when travelling sage.
repeated and prolonged warning cycle. (together with the message on the
display) stop the car immediately IMPORTANT Since the car is fitted with
Less serious failures are indicated by a and contact Fiat Dealership. wear sensors for the front brake pads,
CAR
limited warning cycle. when changing them, check also the rear
brake pads.
The warning cycle of both failure classes
can be stopped by pressing button
TECHNICAL
MODE. The warning light (or symbol on

the display) will stay on until eliminating
the fault.
INDEX
144

AND CONTROLS
AIR BAG FAILURE WARNING FRONT PASSENGER
DASHBOARD
(red) The failure of the warn-
ing light is also indicated by
AIR BAG /SIDE BAGS
DEACTIVATED
Turning the ignition key to MAR the flashing for more than the nor- (amber)
the warning light turns on, but it should go mal 4 seconds of the passengers Warning light will come on when de-
DEVICES
off after few seconds. front air bag deactivated warning
SAFETY
activating the passenger front air bag and
light . In addition the air bag sys- side bag (for versions/markets, where pro-
The warning light stays on glowing steadi- tem will deactivate automatically
ly if there is a failure in the air bag system. vided). With passenger front air bag ac-
the passengers air bags (front and tive, turning the ignition key to MAR,
CORRECT USE
side, for versions/markets, where warning light will turn on with fixed
OF THE CAR
The display will show the dedicated mes-
sage. provided). In this event, warning light for about 4 seconds and then it will
light could not indicate safety flash for other 4 seconds. It shall then go
systems failures. Contact Fiat Deal- off.
ership immediately to have the sys-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
tem checked.
WARNING
WARNING
If when turning the ignition WARNING
key to MAR, the warning The failure of the warning
light does not turn on or stays on light is indicated by the
EMERGENCY
when travelling there could be a turning on of warning light . In
IN AN
failure in safety systems; in this addition the air bag system will de-
event air bags or pretensioners activate automatically the passen-
could not trigger in case of impact gers air bags (front and side, for
or, in a minor number of cases, they versions/ markets, where provided).
could trigger accidentally. Contact Contact Fiat Dealership immedi-
CAR
Fiat Dealership immediately to ately to have the system checked.
have the system checked.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
145

SEAT BELTS Light stays on: LOW 2. Exhausted engine oil

AND CONTROLS
<
DASHBOARD
NOT FASTENED (only Multijet versions with DPF)

v ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
(red) (red) The warning light will flash and a specific
The warning light comes on con- Flashing light: message will appear on the display (for
stantly with the vehicle stationary if the EXHAUSTED ENGINE versions/markets, where provided). The
warning light may flash in the following
DEVICES
drivers seat belt is not properly fastened.

SAFETY
OIL (only Multijet

The warning light will flash, together with ways, depending on the version:
versions with DPF - red)
a buzzer, when the drivers seat belt and, for 1 minute every two hours;
on some versions, the passenger seat belt, When the ignition key is turned to MAR,
CORRECT USE
is not correctly fastened when the vehicle the warning light switches on and should for 3 minute cycles with the warning
OF THE CAR
is in motion. go out as soon as the engine is started. light off for intervals of 5 seconds until oil
is changed.
The S.B.R. (Seat Belt Reminder) buzzer
can only be excluded by Fiat Dealership. 1. Low engine oil pressure After the initial warning, each time the en-
gine is started up, the warning light will
LIGHTS AND
The warning light turns on and stays on

MESSAGES
WARNING
The system can be reactivated through the continue to flash in the above mentioned
set-up menu. constantly (for versions/markets, where
provided) along with the message on the modes, until the oil is changed. A specific
display when the system detects that en- message will appear on the display (for
gine oil pressure is low. versions/markets, where provided) in ad-
EMERGENCY
dition to the warning light.

IN AN
LOW BATTERY
If the warning light flashes, this does not
w CHARGE (red)
Turning the ignition key to WARNING
mean that the car is defective but simply
informs the driver that it is now necessary
MAR the warning light (for ver- If the warning light v to change the oil as a result of regular ve-
CAR
sions/markets, where provided) turns on, turns on when the vehicle hicle use.
but it should go out as soon as the engine is travelling (on certain versions to-
is started (with the engine running at idle gether with the message on the dis-
speed a brief delay in going out is allowed). play) stop the engine immediately
TECHNICAL
and contact a Fiat Dealership.

If the warning light (or the symbol on the
display) stays on glowing steadily or flash-
ing, contact immediately Fiat Dealership.
INDEX
146

AND CONTROLS
Note that engine oil is exhausted faster DUALDRIVE Start&Stop SYSTEM
U
DASHBOARD
under the following circumstances:
use of the vehicle prevalently for city dri-
g ELECTRIC POWER
STEERING FAILURE (red)
ACTIVATION/
DEACTIVATION
ving, requiring more frequent regenera- Turning the ignition key to MAR
tion of DPF the warning light turns on, but it should go where provided)
DEVICES
off after few seconds. Turning the Start&Stop system on
SAFETY
use of the vehicle for short drives, in
which the engine does not have time to If the warning light (or the symbol on the A message and a symbol U will appear on
reach its regular operating temperature display) stays on, you will not have steer- the display when the Start&Stop system is
ing assistance and the effort on the steer- on. In this condition, LED located over
CORRECT USE
repeated interruption of the regenera-
OF THE CAR
tion process, signalled by the DPF warning wheel will be increased, steering is button T is off.
ing light coming on. however possible. Contact Fiat Dealer-
ship. Turning the Start&Stop off
The display will show the dedicated mes- Versions with reconfigurable multifunction
LIGHTS AND
display: T symbol and a message will ap-
MESSAGES
WARNING
sage.
WARNING pear on the display when the Start&Stop
system is off.
Exhausted engine oil should
be replaced as soon as pos- The LED on the T button is on when the
DUALDRIVE
EMERGENCY
sible after the warning light comes system is deactivated.
CITY
IN AN
ELECTRIC POWER
on, never more than 500 km after
the warning light first comes on. STEERING
Failure to change the oil within the ACTIVATION
first 500 km may result in severe (green or symbol Start&Stop
damage to the engine and will result on the display)
j SYSTEM FAULT
CAR
in forfeiture of the warranty. (versions with reconfigurable
The warning light (or the word CITY on multifunction display)
Remember that when the warning the display) turns on when the Du-
light flashes, it does not mean that aldrive electric power steering is activat- A message and a j symbol will appear on
the level of engine oil is low, so if the
TECHNICAL
ed by pressing the relevant control but- the display when the Start&Stop system is
light flashes you must not top up. ton. Pressing the button again will turn off faulty. Contact the Fiat Dealership.
the word CITY.
INDEX
147

ENGINE COOLANT Car heavy duty (e.g.: towing trailer INCOMPLETE DOOR
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
HIGH TEMPERATURE
(red)
uphill of fully laden car): decrease speed,
if the warning light stays on, stop the
car. Wait for 2 or 3 minutes leaving the
LOCKING (red)
The warning light (or the sym-
Turning the ignition key to MAR engine on and slightly accelerated to bol on the display) turns on when
the warning light turns on, but it should go further activate the circulation of the one or more doors are not properly shut.
DEVICES
off after few seconds.

SAFETY
coolant fluid, then switch the engine off. The buzzer will sound when one or more
The warning light turns on when the en- Check proper coolant level as de- doors are open and the car is moving.
gine is overheated. scribed previously.
CORRECT USE
IMPORTANT Under severe use of the

OF THE CAR
If the warning light comes on, proceed as

follows: car, keep the engine on and slightly accel-
erated for few minutes before switching it
normal driving conditions: stop the off. BOOT OPEN
car, switch off the engine and check
R The symbol (for versions/
LIGHTS AND
whether the water level in the reser-

MESSAGES
WARNING
sage. markets, where provided) on

voir is not below the MIN mark. Oth- the display turns on when the
erwise wait for few seconds to allow boot is not properly shut.
engine cooling, then open slowly and
carefully the cap, top up coolant and On certain versions the warning light
EMERGENCY
check whether its level is falling be- turns on instead.

IN AN
tween MIN and MAX marks in the

reservoir. Check visually any leak and if
when restarting the warning light
comes on again, contact a Fiat Dealer-

ship. BONNET OPEN
CAR
S The symbol (for versions/

markets, where provided) on
the display turns on when the
TECHNICAL
bonnet is not properly shut.

On certain versions the warning light
turns on instead.
INDEX
148

AND CONTROLS
GENERIC FAILURE Rain sensor failure CLEANING DPF

DASHBOARD
INDICATION The warning light (or the symbol on the h (PARTICULATE
(amber) display) on the dial turns on when the rain FILTER) IN PROGRESS
sensor is faulty. Contact Fiat Dealership. (only Multijet versions
Inertial fuel cut-off switch with DPF - amber)
intervened The display will show the dedicated mes-
DEVICES
SAFETY
sage. When the ignition key is turned to MAR,
The warning light (or the symbol on dis- the warning light switches on but it must
play) comes on when the inertial fuel cut- Parking sensors failure switch off after a few seconds. The warn-
off switch is triggered. ing light comes on constantly to notify the
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The display will show the dedicated message. driver that the DPF system needs to elim-
The warning light (or the symbol on the inate captured pollutants (particulate) by
Engine oil pressure sensor failure display) when a fault is detected to park- the regeneration process. The warning
The warning light (or the symbol on the ing sensors. light does not come on during every DPF
regeneration, but only when driving con-
LIGHTS AND
display) turns on when a fault is detected
MESSAGES
WARNING
to engine oil pressure sensor. Tyre pressure monitoring ditions require notification of the driver.
system failure To switch the warning light off, the car
Start&Stop fault must stay in motion until regeneration has
(for versions/markets, where provided) been completed.
(for versions/markets where provided)
EMERGENCY
(versions with multifunction display) The warning light (or the symbol on the The process normally takes about 15 min-
IN AN
display) turns on when a failure is detect- utes.
The warning light comes on when a ed in the T.P.M.S. system (for versions/
Start&Stop failure is detected. markets, where provided). The optimum conditions to end the
A specific message is displayed on certain process are achieved by keeping the car in
versions. Should one or more wheels without sen- motion up to 60 km/h with an engine
sor be fitted, the instrument panel warn-
CAR
speed higher than 2,000 rpm.
Twilight sensor failure ing light will come on and stay on until
restoring initial conditions. This light coming on is not a car defect and
The warning light (or the symbol on dis- therefore the car does not need to go to
play) turns on when a fault is detected to The display will show the dedicated mes-
TECHNICAL
the workshop. A specific message will ap-
the twilight sensor. sage. pear on the display when the warning light
The display will show the dedicated message. NOTE When one of the above faults oc- comes on (for versions/markets, where
curs, contact your Fiat Dealership as soon provided).
Speed limit exceeded as possible.
(only for Arabic countries)
INDEX
The warning light (amber), or symbol on
the display (red), comes on when a speed
of 120 km/h is exceeded.
149

EOBD/INJECTION Petrol engines only

AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
Always drive at a speed ap-

propriate to the traffic
U SYSTEM FAILURE
(amber)
Warning light turning on flashing indicates
the possibility of damage to the catalyst.
conditions, the weather and speed Under normal conditions, turning If the light flashes, it is necessary to release
limits. The engine may be turned the ignition key to MAR, the warning light the accelerator pedal to lower the speed
DEVICES
off while the DPF light is on; how- turns on, but it should go off when the en-
SAFETY
of the engine until the warning light stops

ever, repeated interruption of the gine has started. flashing; continue the journey at moder-
regeneration process may result in ate speed, trying to avoid driving condi-
premature exhaustion of engine oil. If the warning light stays on or turns on
when travelling, means a fault in the sup- tions that may cause further flashing and
CORRECT USE
For this reason it is always advisable

OF THE CAR
ply/ignition system which could cause high contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-
to wait for the light to go off before ble.
turning off the engine, following the emissions at the exhaust, possible lack of
instructions appearing above. It is performance, poor handling and high con-
not advisable to complete DPF re- sumption levels.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
generation with the vehicle sta-

WARNING

tionary. sage. If, turning the ignition key to
MAR, the warning light U
In these conditions it is possible to con- does not turn on or if it turns
tinue driving without however requiring on glowing steadily or flash-
EMERGENCY
heavy effort or high speed from the en- ing when travelling (on certain ver-
IN AN
FUEL RESERVE gine. Prolonged use of the car with the sions together with the message on
warning light on may cause damages. Con-
(amber)
tact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
the display), contact Fiat Dealership
as soon as possible. Warning light U
Turning the ignition key to
The warning light turns off if the fault dis- operation can be checked by traffic
MAR the warning light turns on, agents by proper equipment. Com-
CAR
but it should go off after few seconds. The appears, but it is still stored by the system.
ply with laws and regulations of the
warning light turns on when about 8 litres country where you are driving.
fuel are left in the tank.
TECHNICAL
IMPORTANT The warning light flashes to

indicate a failure, contact Fiat Dealership
as soon as possible to have the system
checked.
INDEX
150

AND CONTROLS
ESP SYSTEM GLOW PLUG WATER IN DIESEL
DASHBOARD
(amber)
m WARMING
(Multijet versions) c FUEL FILTER
(Multijet versions)
MAR the warning light turns on, (amber) (amber)
but it should go off after few seconds. Turning the ignition key to MAR the
GLOW PLUG
DEVICES
SAFETY
If the warning light does not turn off or WARMING FAILURE warning light turns on, but it should go off
stays on when travelling together with the after few seconds.
(Multijet versions)
button led ASR, contact Fiat Dealership. (amber) The warning light turns on when there is
water in the diesel fuel filter.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
On certain versions the dedicated mes-
sage is displayed. Glow plug warming The display will show the dedicated mes-
Warning light flashing when driving indi- Turning the ignition key to MAR the sage.
cates that the ESP system is active. warning light turns on and it will go off
when glow plugs reach the preset tem-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
perature. Start the engine immediately af-
ter warning light turning off. The presence of water in the
fuel circuit may cause serious
HILL HOLDER FAILURE IMPORTANT With high ambient tem- damage to the entire injec-
(amber) perature, warning light stays on for very
EMERGENCY
tion system and cause irreg-
IN AN
The symbol * will turn on short time. ular engine operation. If the warning
when the Hill Holder system is light c turns on (together with the
faulty. Contact Fiat Dealership Glow plug warming failure message on the display), contact Fi-
* as soon as possible. at Dealership as soon as possible to
The warning light turns on when there is have the system relieved. If the above
a failure in the glow plug warming system.
CAR
On certain versions warning indications come on immediately af-
light turns on as an alternative. Contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi- ter refuelling, water has probably
ble. been poured into the tank: turn the
The display will show the dedicated mes- engine off immediately and contact
TECHNICAL
sage.
sage. Fiat Dealership.
INDEX
151

ABS SYSTEM FAILURE CAR PROTECTION If with the engine running the warning light
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
> (amber)
Y SYSTEM FAILURE -
FIAT CODE
Y flashes, this means that the car is not
protected by the engine immobilising de-
(amber) vice (see Fiat CODE system in section
MAR the warning light turns on, Dashboard and controls).
but it should go off after few seconds. ALARM FAILURE
Contact Fiat Dealership to have all the
DEVICES
SAFETY
The warning light turns on when the sys- (amber) keys memorised.
tem is inefficient or unavailable. In this case (for versions/markets, where
the braking system keeps its effectiveness provided)
unchanged, but without the potential of- Alarm failure
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fered by the ABS system. THEFT ATTEMPT (for versions/markets, where provided)
(amber) The turning on of the warning light (or
Caution is advisable and it is necessary to
contact Fiat Dealership. symbol on display) indicates a failure in the
Car protection system failure - alarm system. Contact Fiat Dealership as
The display will show the dedicated mes- Fiat CODE
LIGHTS AND
soon as possible.
MESSAGES
WARNING
sage.
Turning the key to MAR the warning light The display will show the dedicated mes-
shall flash only once and then go off. sage.
EBD SYSTEM The turning on of the warning light (or the
EMERGENCY
x > FAILURE symbol on the display) glowing steadily, Theft attempt

IN AN
(red) with the ignition key at MAR, indicates a The turning on of the warning light (or
(amber) probable failure (see Fiat CODE system symbol on display) indicates an attempt of
in section Dashboard and controls). break-in. Contact Fiat Dealership as soon
The turning on at the same time of warn- The display will show the dedicated mes- as possible.
ing lights x and > with the engine run-
CAR
sage. The display will show the dedicated mes-

ning indicates an EBD system failure or
that the system is unavailable; in this case IMPORTANT The turning on at the same sage.
heavy braking may cause the rear wheels time of warning lights U and Y (or sym-
bol on display) indicates a failure of the
TECHNICAL
to lock before time, with the possibility of

skidding. Fiat CODE system.
Drive with the utmost care to the near-
est Fiat Dealership to have the system
checked.
INDEX

sage.
152

AND CONTROLS
T.P.M.S. SYSTEM LOW TYRE PRESSURE Low tyre pressure
DASHBOARD
n FAILURE
(for versions/markets, n (amber-red)
The warning light (amber) or symbol on
the display (red) come on if the pressure
where provided) where provided) of one or more tyres drops below a pre-
CHECK TYRE set threshold.
DEVICES
SAFETY
On certain versions the display will show PRESSURE In this way, the TPMS system notifies the
a warning message + symbol (amber) (amber) driver by indicating that the tyre/s is dan-
when a failure is detected in the T.P.M.S. (for versions/markets, gerously deflated and is therefore proba-
system (Tyre Pressure Monitoring Sys- bly punctured.
where provided)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
tem). Contact Fiat Dealership as soon as
possible. TYRE PRESSURE IMPORTANT Stop immediately with one
UNSUITABLE or more tyres flat, avoid braking sharply
and abrupt turns. Replace immediately the
Should one or more wheels without sen- FOR SPEED punctured tyre with the space-saver spare
sor be fitted, the display will show a warn- (amber)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
wheel (for versions/markets, where pro-
ing message until initial conditions are re- (for versions/markets, vided) or repair the puncture tyre using
stored. where provided) the proper kit (see paragraph If a tyre is
punctured in section In an emergency)
Turning the ignition key to MAR the and then contact Fiat Dealership as soon
EMERGENCY
warning light (for versions/markets, where as possible.
IN AN
provided) will turn on, but it should go off
after a few seconds.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
153

Check tyre pressure

AND CONTROLS
Tyre pressure unsuitable for speed WARNING

DASHBOARD
The warning light (or the symbol on the Should it be required to journey at a speed Strong radio-frequency nois-
display) turns on to indicate that the tyre higher than 160 km/h, inflate tyres at pres- es could inhibit the regular
pressure is below the recommended val- sures values specified in paragraph Infla- operation of the T.P.M.S. system.
ue which ensures the long life of the tyre tion pressures. This condition will be indicated by a
and optimum fuel consumption, and/or to
DEVICES
message (for versions/markets, where

SAFETY
indicate a slow pressure leak. If the T.P.M.S. system (for versions/ mar- provided). The warning message will
kets, where provided) detects that the go off automatically as soon as the
Should two or more tyre be flat, the dis- pressure of one or more tyres is unsuit-
play will show the indications corre- radio-frequency noise will stop to dis-
able for the current speed, the warning
CORRECT USE
turb the system.

OF THE CAR
sponding to each tyre in sequence. light will turn on (together with the mes-
Restore proper inflation pressure values sage on the display) (see paragraph Low
as soon as possible (see paragraph Cold tyre pressure in this section) and it will
inflation pressures in section Technical stay on until the car speed slow downs be-
low the preset threshold.
LIGHTS AND
Specifications).
MESSAGES
WARNING
IMPORTANT In this case slow down im-

mediately since tyre overheating could im-
pair tyre performance and life beyond re-
pair, and even make the tyre to blow-out.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
154

AND CONTROLS
EXTERNAL LIGHTS BRAKE LIGHTS LEFT-HAND
DASHBOARD
W FAILURE (amber)
The warning light (or the
T FAILURE (amber)
The symbol on the display
F DIRECTION
INDICATOR
symbol on the display) turns on turns on when a failure at brake (green - intermittent)
when one of the following lights is failing: lights (stop) is detected. The warning light turns on when the di-
DEVICES
SAFETY
side/taillights The failure could be due to: blown bulb, rection indicator stalk is moved down-
blown protection fuse or electric con- wards or, together with the right indica-
brake lights or relevant fuse (see what nection cut-off. tor, when the hazard warning light button
described for symbol T). is pressed.
CORRECT USE
On certain versions warning light W turns
OF THE CAR
rear fog lights on as an alternative.
direction indicators RIGHT-HAND
number plate lights.
D DIRECTION
LIGHTS AND
REAR FOG LIGHTS INDICATOR
MESSAGES
WARNING
The failure referring to these lights could
be: one or more blown bulbs, a blown
protection fuse or an electric connec-
4 (amber)
The warning light turns on
(green - intermittent)
The warning light turns on when the di-
tion cut-off. when the rear fog lights are rection indicator stalk is moved upwards
EMERGENCY
turned on. or, together with the left indicator, when
IN AN
sage. the hazard warning light button is pressed.
FRONT FOG LIGHTS
5 (green)
CAR
The warning light turns on
when the front fog lights are
turned on.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
155

SIDE/TAILLIGHTS AND CRUISE CONTROL ASR SYSTEM

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
3 LOW BEAMS (green)

(green)
(for versions/markets, where
The ASR system can be turned off by
pressing the ASR OFF button. The display
FOLLOW ME HOME provided) will show the dedicated message to warn
Turning the ignition key to MAR the the driver that the system is off; at the
Side/taillights and low beams same time the button led will turn on.
DEVICES
SAFETY
warning light turns on, but it should go off

The warning light turns on when after few seconds. Pressing again the ASR OFF button will
side/taillights, parking lights or low beams turn off the button led and the display will
are turned on. The warning light turns on when turning
the Cruise Control knurled ring to ON. show the dedicated message to warn the
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
driver that the system is active again.

Follow me home The display will show the dedicated mes-
sage.
The warning light will turn when this de- SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED
vice is active (see Follow me home in
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
section Dashboard and controls).

POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE sage when the car exceeds the speed lim-
The display will show the dedicated mes- ON THE ROAD it set on setup menu.
sage.
This indication starts flashing and symbol
is displayed when the outside temperature SPORT FUNCTION
EMERGENCY
ACTIVATION
IN AN
MAIN BEAMS (blue) reaches or falls below 3C to warn the dri-

ver of the possible presence of ice on the
1 The warning light turns on
when the main beams are
road. The S symbol lights up on the instrument
panel when the same function is activat-
ed by pressing the relevant control but-
turned on. The display will show the dedicated mes-

sage. ton. The S symbol goes off when the but-
CAR
ton is pressed again.

LIMITED RANGE
TECHNICAL
sage to warn the driver that the cruising

range is less than 50 km.
INDEX
156

IN AN EMERGENCY
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
In an emergency we recommend that you call the toll-free number found on the
Warranty Booklet. You can also connect to the site www.fiat.com
DEVICES
SAFETY
to search for the nearest Fiat Dealership point
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ENGINE STARTING ........................................................... 158
IF A TYRE IS PUNCTURED ............................................... 159
QUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT FIX & GO automatic ......... 165
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB ................... 169
IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT.......................... 172
IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT .......................... 177
EMERGENCY
IN AN
IF A FUSE BLOWS................................................................ 180
IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT .................................................. 189
JACKING THE CAR............................................................. 190
CAR
TOWING THE CAR ........................................................... 191
TECHNICAL
INDEX
157

ENGINE STARTING
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
Do not carry out this proce-

EMERGENCY START-UP dure if you lack experience;
If the instrument panel warning light Y if it is not done correctly it can cause
turns on glowing steadily, contact im- very intense electrical discharges. In
addition, the fluid contained in the
DEVICES
SAFETY
mediately Fiat Dealership.

battery is poisonous and corrosive.
JUMP STARTING Avoid contact with skin and eyes. You
If the battery is flat, it is possible to start are also advised not to put naked
CORRECT USE
flames or lighted cigarettes near the

OF THE CAR
F0Q0765m
the engine using an auxiliary battery with fig. 1
the same capacity or a little higher than battery and not to cause sparks.
the flat one. If after a few attempts the engine does not
Proceed as follows fig. 1: start, do not insist but contact the near-
est Fiat Dealership.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Connect positive terminals (+ near the BUMP STARTING

terminal) of the two batteries with a IMPORTANT Do not directly connect the
jump lead; negative terminals of the two batteries: Never bump start the engine (by pushing,
sparks could ignite the flammable gas from towing, or coasting downhill) as this could
With a second lead, connect the nega- the battery. If the other battery is fitted in cause fuel to flow into the catalytic ex-
EMERGENCY
tive terminal () of the auxiliary battery another car, prevent accidental contacts haust system and damage it beyond repair.
IN AN
and to an earthing point E on the en- between the metal parts of the two cars.
gine or the gearbox of the car to be IMPORTANT Remember that the servo-
started; brake and electrical power steering sys-
tem are not operating until the engine is
Start the engine; started, a greater effort will therefore be

CAR
Under no circumstances should required to press the brake pedal or turn

When the engine has been started, re- a battery charger be used to the steering wheel.
move the leads reversing the order start the engine: it could dam-
above. age the electronic systems and
TECHNICAL
For versions with Start&Stop system, in in particular the ignition and injection
case of starting by booster battery, refer control units.
to the to the paragraph Start&Stop sys-
tem in the Dashboard and controls
section.
INDEX
158

IF A TYRE IS
AND CONTROLS
WARNING WARNING
DASHBOARD
PUNCTURED Alert other drivers that the The space-saver spare wheel
car is stationary in compli- (for versions/markets, where
The car is provided with the Quick tyre ance with local regulations: hazard provided) is specific to your car, do
repair kit Fix&Go automatic: see the rel- warning lights, warning triangle, etc. not use it on other models, or use the
Any passengers on board should leave spare wheel of other models on your
DEVICES
SAFETY
evant instructions for use in next chapter.
the car, especially if it is heavily laden. car. The space-saver spare wheel
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Passengers should stay away from on- shall only be used in an emergency. It
coming traffic while the wheel is be- shall only be used for the distance
CORRECT USE
As an alternative to the Fix&Go kit, the ing changed. If parked on a slope or necessary to reach a service point and
OF THE CAR
car can be provided (upon request) with rough surface, chock the wheels with the car speed shall not exceed 80
space-saver spare wheel or standard size wedges or other suitable devices to Km/h. The spare wheel has an orange
spare wheel; wheel changing and correct prevent the car from rolling. sticker that summarises the main cau-
use of the jack and space-saver spare tions for use and limitations. The
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
wheel call for some precautions as listed sticker should never be removed or
WARNING
below. covered. Never fit a wheel cap on a
space-saver spare wheel. The sticker
gives the following information in four
languages: caution! For temporary
EMERGENCY
use only! 80 km/h max! Replace by
IN AN
normal wheel as soon as possible. Do
not cover this label.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
159

AND CONTROLS
WARNING WARNING WARNING

DASHBOARD
When driving with a space- The jack shall only be used Fasten the wheel cap cor-
saver spare wheel fitted, the for changing wheels on the rectly to prevent the wheel
driving performance of the car car with which it is provided or on from coming free in motion. Never
changes. Avoid accelerating or brak- cars of the same model. It must not tamper with the inflation valve. Nev-
ing sharply, abrupt turns or fast cor- be used for other purposes such as for er place tools between the rim and
DEVICES
SAFETY
nerings. The life of the spare wheel instance raising cars of other models. tyre. Check and restore, if required,
is approx. 3000 Km, after this dis- In no case should it be used for repairs the pressure of tyres and spare wheel
tance it should be replaced with an- under the car. Incorrect positioning to the values given in section Tech-
CORRECT USE
other of the same type. Never at- of the jack may cause the jacked car nical specifications.
OF THE CAR
tempt to fit a conventional tyre on a to fall. Do not use the jack for high-
rim designed for use as a space-saver er capacities than stated on its label.
spare wheel. Have the punctured Snow chains cannot be fitted to the
wheel repaired and refitted as soon space-saver spare wheel. So, if a front
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
as possible. Two or more space-saver (drive) wheel is punctured and chains

WARNING
spare wheels should never be used to- are needed, a rear wheel should be
gether. Do not grease the threads of fitted to the front of the car and the
bolts before installing them: they spare wheel should be fitted to the
might slip out. rear. This way with two normal dri-
EMERGENCY
ve wheels, snow chains can be fitted

IN AN
to them to solve an emergency.

TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
160

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
B
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0732m F0Q0393m
fig. 2 fig. 4
Please note: use the handle A-fig. 2 to remove the

piece of stiff cover B; loosen the clamp-
the jack weight is 1,76 kg; ing device E-fig. 3;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the jack requires no adjustment; for versions with Fix&Go automatic or
the jack cannot be repaired: if it breaks take the tool kid from the luggage com-
it must be replaced with a new genuine partment;
jack;
EMERGENCY
for versions with small spare wheel, un-
IN AN
no tool other than its cranking device screw the retaining device E-fig. 3, take
may be fitted on the jack. F0Q0392m the tool kit F, place near to the wheel
fig. 3
to be replaced and then take the small
spare wheel G;
To change a wheel proceed as follows:
CAR
Stop the car is a position that is not remove wheel hubcap H-fig. 4 (ver-
dangerous for oncoming traffic where sions with steel rims) or remove the
you can change the wheel safely. The hub cap (versions with alloy rims);
TECHNICAL
ground should be flat and adequately
firm;
turn the engine off and pull up the hand-
brake; engage first gear or reverse;
INDEX
161

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0394m
fig. 5
using the wrench provided L-fig. 5

loosen the fastening bolts by about one
turn; if the car is fitted with alloy rims,
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
shake the car to facilitate removing this fig. 6 F0M0395m
rim from the wheel hub;

work the jack crank M-fig. 6 to extend warn anybody nearby that the car is undo the wheel bolts and remove the
it until the groove N on the upper part about to be lifted. They must stay clear wheel.
EMERGENCY
of the jack is correctly inserted on the

IN AN
and not touch the car until it is back on

lower profile P of the body in point Q the ground; make sure the contact surfaces be-
(at approx. 72 cm from the front wheel tween spare wheel and hub are clean
centre or 75 cm from rear wheel cen- fit the handle R-fig. 6 to operate the so that the fastening bolts will not come
tre); jack and raise the car until the wheel loose;
is a few centimetres from the ground;
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
162

Using the wrench provided, tighten the
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
fastening bolts;
Lower the car and remove the jack;
Using the wrench provided, fully tight-
en the bolts in the sequence shown in
DEVICES
SAFETY
fig. 8;
Place the cap near the wheel so that the
inflation valve can come through the
CORRECT USE
slot provided on the cap;
OF THE CAR
F0Q0396m F0Q0397m
fig. 7 fig. 8
Press the circumference of the cap,
install the space-saver spare wheel REFITTING THE STANDARD starting from the parts nearest the in-
matching the holes S-fig. 7 with the WHEEL flation valve until it is inserted com-
corresponding pins T; pletely.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Following the procedure described previ-
using the wrench provided, fully tight- ously, raise the car and remove the spare IMPORTANT Incorrect fitting may cause
en the four fastening bolts; wheel. the wheel cap to come off when the car is
travelling.
work the jack handle R-fig.6 to lower
EMERGENCY
the car and remove the jack; For versions with steel rim
IN AN
using the wrench provided, tighten up Proceed as follows:
the wheel bolts in a criss-cross fashion Make sure the contact surfaces be-
following the sequence shown in fig. 8. tween standard wheel and hub are
clean so that the fastening bolts will not
CAR
come loose;
Fit the normal wheel matching the
holes S-fig. 7 with the corresponding
TECHNICAL
pins T;
INDEX
163

When you have finished

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Stow the space-saver spare wheel

G-fig. 10 in the space provided in the
boot;
Insert the partially open jack into the
DEVICES
SAFETY
container F and force it slightly into its

seat so that it does not vibrate when
the car is moving;
Put the tools back into their places in
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0217m
fig. 9
the container;
Versions with alloy rims Stow the container complete with tools
on the spare wheel and secure every-
Proceed as follows: thing with the clamping device E;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
tighten pin A-fig. 9 in one of the holes Correctly reposition the boot stiff cov-
of the wheel hub fastening bolts; er.
Insert the wheel on the pin and, using
the wrench provided, tighten the bolts
EMERGENCY
IN AN
available. This is facilitated by the ex-

tension provided B;
F0Q0392m
Loosen the pin A and tighten the last fig. 10
fastening bolt;
CAR
Lower the car and remove the jack;

Using the wrench provided, fully tight-
en the bolts in the sequence shown
TECHNICAL
previously for the space-saver spare

wheel (see fig. 8).
refit the hubcap.
INDEX
164

QUICK TYRE REPAIR
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
KIT FIX & GO
automatic
The quick tyre repair kit Fix & Go auto-
DEVICES
SAFETY
matic is located in the appropriate con-
tainer in the boot .
The quick tyre repair kit includes fig. 11:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0510m F0Q0511m
fig. 11 fig. 12
bottle A containing sealer and fitted
with:
filler hose B WARNING WARNING
Hand the instruction Holes and damages on the
LIGHTS AND
sticker C with caution max. 80
MESSAGES
WARNING
brochure to the personnel tyre side walls cannot be re-
km/h, to be affixed in a visible posi- charged with treating the tyre repaired. Do not use the quick tyre re-
tion for the driver (instrument panel) paired with the kit. pair kit if damaging is due to running
after repairing the tyre with flat tyre.
instruction brochure (see fig. 12), to
EMERGENCY
IN AN
be used for prompt and proper use of
the quick repair kit and to be then
handed to the personnel charged with In the event of a puncture
handling the treated tyre caused by foreign bodies, it is
possible to repair tyres show- WARNING
compressor D including gauge and con-
CAR
ing damages on the track or Repairs are not possible in
nections shoulder up to max 4 mm diameter. case of damages on the
a pair of protection gloves located in wheel rim (bad groove distortion
the side space of the compressor causing air loss). Do not remove for-
TECHNICAL
eign bodies (screws or nails) from the
adapters for inflating different elements. tyre.
INDEX
165

IT SHOULD BE NOTICED THAT:

AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
The sealing fluid of the quick tyre repair The cylinder contains ethyl-
kit is effective with external temperatures ene glycol. The cylinder con-
between 20 C and +50 C. tains latex: it can cause allergic re-
actions. It is harmful if ingested or in-
haled and irritant for the eyes and in
DEVICES
SAFETY
case of contact. In case of contact

WARNING rinse immediately with water and
The compressor shall not be take off contaminated clothes. If
CORRECT USE
swallowed, do not induce vomit, rinse

OF THE CAR
operated for more than 20 fig. 13 F0Q0513m
minutes. Risk of overheating! Tyres out the mouth, drink a lot of water
repaired with the quick tyre repair kit and call the doctor immediately.
Keep away from children. This prod- INFLATING PROCEDURE
shall be used temporarily only.
uct must not be used by asthmatics.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Do not inhale vapours. Call the doc-

WARNING
tor immediately in case of allergic re-

actions. Keep the cylinder in the WARNING
space provided for the purpose and Put on the protection gloves
far from heat. The sealing fluid has provided together with quick
EMERGENCY
Do not throw away the cylin- limited life. Replace the cylinder if tyre repair kit.
IN AN
der and the sealing fluid. sealer has run out.

Have the sealing fluid and the
cylinder disposed of in com-
pliance with national and local regu-
lations. Pull up the handbrake. Loosen tyre

CAR
inflation valve cap, take out the filler

hose A-fig. 13 and screw the ring nut
B on the tyre valve;
TECHNICAL
INDEX
166

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0515m F0Q0516m F0Q0017m
fig. 14 fig. 15 fig. 15a
make sure the compressor switch If after 5 minutes it is still impossible WARNING
E-fig. 15 is set to 0 (off), start the en- to reach at least 1.5 bar, disengage com-
gine and fit plug D-fig. 14 into the cig- pressor from valve and current outlet, Apply the sticker in a visible
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ar lighter outlet and then turn on the then move the car forth for approx. ten position for the driver to in-
compressor by setting switch E-fig. 15 metres in order to distribute the seal- dicate that the tyre has been treat-
to I (on). Inflate the tyre to the pres- ing fluid inside the tyre evenly, then re- ed with the quick tyre repair kit. Dri-
sure specified in paragraph Cold tyre peat the inflation operation; ve carefully especially when corner-
ing. Do not exceed 80 km/h. Avoid
EMERGENCY
inflation pressure in section Techni-
If after this operation it is still impossi-
IN AN
cal specifications. Check tyre pressure heavy braking and accelerating.
on gauge F-fig. 15 with compressor off ble after 5 minutes to reach at least 1.8
to obtain precise reading; bar, do not start driving since the tyre
is excessively damaged and the quick
tyre repair kit cannot guarantee suit- after driving for about 10 minutes stop
CAR
able sealing, contact Fiat Dealership; and check again the tyre pressure; pull
If reaching the tyre pressure specified up the handbrake;
in paragraph Cold tyre inflation pres-
sure in section Technical specifica-
TECHNICAL
tions, start driving immediately;
INDEX
167

AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
If the pressure falls below 1.8

bars, do not drive any fur-
ther: the quick tyre repair kit Fix & Go
automatic cannot guarantee proper
hold because the tyre is too much
DEVICES
SAFETY
damaged. Contact Fiat Dealership.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0517m F0Q0512m
fig. 16 fig. 17
if at least 1.8 bar pressure is read, re-
store proper pressure (with engine FOR CHECKING AND CYLINDER REPLACEMENT
running and handbrake on) and restart; RESTORING PRESSURE ONLY PROCEDURE
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
drive with the utmost care to the near-

WARNING
The compressor can be also used just for To replace the cylinder proceed as fol-
est Fiat Dealership. restoring pressure. Disconnect the quick lows:
connection and connect it directly to the
tyre valve fig. 16; in this way the cylinder disconnect connection B-fig. 17;
is not connected to compressor and the turn counter-clockwise the cylinder to
EMERGENCY
IN AN
WARNING sealing fluid will not flow into the tyre. replace and raise it;
It is of vital importance to fit the new cylinder and turn it clock-
communicate that the tyre wise;
has been repaired using the quick tyre
repair kit. Hand the instruction connect connection B to the cylinder

CAR
brochure to the personnel charged and fit the transparent tube A into the
with treating the tyre repaired with proper space.
the kit.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
168

WHEN NEEDING
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
Halogen bulbs must be han-
TO CHANGE A BULB dled touching only the metal- Halogen bulbs contain pres-
lic part. If the transparent bulb surised gas which, if broken,
is touched with the fingers, its may cause small fragments of glass to
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS lighting intensity is reduced and life of be projected outwards.
the bulb may be compromised. If
DEVICES
When a light is not working, check that
SAFETY
touched accidentally, rub the bulb with
the corresponding fuse is intact before a cloth moistened with alcohol and al-
changing a bulb. For the location of fus- low to dry.
es, refer to the paragraph If a fuse
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
blows in this section; WARNING
Before changing a bulb check the con- Due to high voltage, the bulb
tacts for oxidation; of (Bi-Xenon) gas-discharge
WARNING headlights must only be replaced by
Burnt bulbs must be replaced by oth- experts: danger of death! Contact
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ers of the same type and power; Modifications or repairs to Fiat Dealership.
the electrical system (elec-
Always check the height of the head- tronic control units) carried out in-
light beam after changing a bulb. correctly and without bearing the fea-
tures of the system in mind can cause
EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT When the weather is cold
IN AN
malfunctions with the risk of fire.
or damp or after hard rain or after wash-
ing, the area of headlamps or rear lights,
may steam up and/or form drops of con-
densation on the inside. This is a natural
phenomenon due to the difference in tem-
CAR
perature and humidity between the inside
and the outside of the glass which does
not indicate a fault and does not compro-
TECHNICAL
mise the normal operation of lighting de-
vices. The mist disappears quickly turn-
ing the lights on, starting from the centre
of the diffuser, extending progressively to-
wards the edges.
INDEX
169

TYPES OF BULBS fig. 18 C Tubular bulbs: free them from their

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
contacts to remove.
Various types of bulbs are fitted to your
car: D-E Halogen bulbs: to remove the bulb,
release the clip holding the bulb in
A All glass bulbs: these are pressed on. place.
Pull to remove.
DEVICES
SAFETY
F Gas-discharge bulbs (Bi-Xenon).

B Bayonet type bulbs: press the bulb,
turn counterclockwise to remove this
type of bulb from its holder.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
F0Q0391m
fig. 18
INDEX
170

Bulbs Figure 18 Type Power
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Main beam headlights E H1 55W
Longlife dipped beam headlights D H1 55W
Gas-discharge low beam headlights (for versions/markets, where provided) F D2R 35W
DEVICES
SAFETY
Front sidelights longlife A W5W 5W
Front fog lights (for versions/markets, where provided) E H11 55W
CORRECT USE
Front direction indicators B PY24W 24W
OF THE CAR
Side direction indicators A WY5W 5W
Rear direction indicators B R10W 10W
Taillights/rear fog lights B P5/21W 5W/21W
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Rear/stop positions B P5/21W 5W/21W
Third brake light (additional brake light) A W2.3W 2.3W
EMERGENCY
Reversing light B P21W 21W
IN AN
Number plate light A W5W 5W
Front roof light C C10W 2x10W
Rear roof light (for versions/markets, where provided) C C10W 10W
CAR
Glovebox light C C5W 5W
Boot light A W5W 5W
Courtesy mirror light (for versions/markets, where provided) C C5W 5W
TECHNICAL
INDEX
171

IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
BURNS OUT
For the type of bulb and power rating, see
When needing to change a bulb.
DEVICES
SAFETY
FRONT LIGHT UNITS fig. 19

The front light units contain the side/ tail-
CORRECT USE
lights, dipped beam, main beam and di-

OF THE CAR
F0Q0704m F0Q0705m
fig. 19 fig. 20
rection indicator bulbs.
The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS Gas-discharge lamps (Bi-Xenon)
as follows: (for versions/markets, where provided)
LIGHTS AND
Gas-filled filament lamps

MESSAGES
WARNING
A Sidelights / main beam headlights;

B Dipped beam headlights; To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
WARNING
C Direction indicators. remove the protective cover B-fig. 19;
Due to high voltage, the bulb
release the bulb holder catch A-fig. 20;
EMERGENCY
of (Bi-Xenon) gas-discharge
IN AN
headlights must only be replaced by

disconnect the electric connector B; experts: danger of death! Contact
remove the bulb C and replace it; Fiat Dealership.
fit the new bulb, making the tabs of the

CAR
metallic part coincide with the grooves

on the reflector, reconnect the electri-
cal connector B then hook the bulb
holder catch A;
TECHNICAL
refit the protective cover A-fig. 19

correctly.
INDEX
172

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0706m F0Q0707m F0Q0708m
fig. 21 fig. 22 fig. 23
SIDELIGHTS MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS DIRECTION INDICATORS

To change the bulb, proceed as follows: To change the bulb, proceed as follows: Front
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
remove the protective cover A-fig. 19; remove the protective cover A-fig. 19; To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
turn the bulb holder A-fig. 21 coun- release the bulb holder catch A-fig. 22; turn the protective cover C-fig. 19
terclockwise and then withdraw it; counterclockwise;
remove the bulb C and replace it;
EMERGENCY
remove the bulb B and replace it; remove the bulb B-fig. 23 and replace
fit the new bulb, making the tabs of the
IN AN
fit the new bulb, refit the bulb holder metallic part coincide with the grooves it;
A-fig. 21 and then refit the protective on the reflector, reconnect the electri- refit the protective cover A correctly.
cover B-fig. 19 correctly. cal connector B then hook the bulb
holder catch A;
CAR
refit the protective cover B-fig. 19 cor-
rectly.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
173

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0709m F0Q0710m F0Q0714m

fig. 24 fig. 25 fig. 26
Side FRONT FOG LIGHTS fig. 25 REAR LIGHT UNITS fig. 26

To change the bulb, proceed as follows: (for versions/markets, where provided) Rear light units contain taillights, direction
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Contact Fiat Dealership to have front fog indicators and brake light (stop) bulbs.
push the transparent cover A-fig. 24
to compress the internal catch B, then lights replaced. The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit
remove the unit; fig. 26 as follows:
turn the bulb holder C counterclock- B taillights/brake light (double light);
EMERGENCY
IN AN
wise, remove the snap-fitted bulb D

and replace it; C direction indicators.
refit the bulb holder C in the lens by

turning it clockwise;
CAR
refit the unit making sure the catch

clicks into place B.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
174

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0715m F0Q0713m F0Q0711m
fig. 27 fig. 29 fig. 30
REVERSING LIGHTS fig. 30

Contact Fiat Dealership to have reversing
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
light bulbs replaced.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
F0Q0739m F0Q0712m
fig. 28 fig. 31
To change the bulb proceed as follows: REAR FOG LIGHTS fig. 31
CAR
open the tailgate then, slacken the two Contact Fiat Dealership to have rear fog
fastening screws A-fig. 27; light bulbs replaced.
remove the light unit with both hands
TECHNICAL
as shown by the arrows in fig. 28;
disconnect the electric connector and
remove the protective cover A-fig. 29
pressing the three catches and replace
INDEX
the burnt out bulb.
175

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0751m F0Q0718m
fig. 33 fig. 34
press the tabs C-fig. 33 and remove

the bulb holder;
LIGHTS AND
remove the snap-fitted bulb and replace

MESSAGES
WARNING
it.
refit cover A-fig. 32 and then close the
tailgate.
EMERGENCY
F0Q0716m
IN AN
fig. 32
THIRD BRAKE LIGHT fig. 35 F0Q0719m

To change the bulb proceed as follows:

NUMBER PLATE LIGHTS
CAR
open the tailgate;

To change the bulb proceed as follows:
remove cover A-fig. 32;
work in the point shown by the arrow
remove the lens unit B-fig. 33 and dis- and remove lens unit A-fig. 34;
TECHNICAL
connect the electric connector;

turn the bulb holder B-fig. 35 clock-
wise;
remove the bulb C and replace it.
INDEX
176

IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
BURNS OUT
For the type of bulb and power rating, see
When needing to change a bulb.
DEVICES
SAFETY
FRONT CEILING LIGHT
To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0720m F0Q0723m
fig. 36 fig. 38
work in the points shown by the ar-
rows and remove light A-fig. 36;
open the protection lid B-fig. 37;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
replace bulbs C releasing them from
WARNING
the side contacts; make sure that new
bulbs are correctly clamped between
contacts;
EMERGENCY
re-close the lid B-fig. 37 and secure
IN AN
light A-fig. 36 into its housing locking
it properly. F0Q0721m F0Q0722m
fig. 37 fig. 39
REAR CEILING LIGHT replace the bulb B-fig. 39 releasing it
CAR
from the side contacts making sure that
Versions without sunroof the new bulb is correctly clamped be-
To replace the bulbs proceed as follows: tween the contacts.
TECHNICAL
remove the light unit A-fig. 38 lever-
ing in the point shown by the arrow;
INDEX
177

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0741m F0Q0724m F0Q0725m

fig. 40 fig. 42 fig. 43
BOOT LIGHT re-close the protective cover B on the

lens;
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
LIGHTS AND
refit the light A inserting it in its cor-

MESSAGES
WARNING
open the tailgate; rect position firstly on one end and

remove the light unit A-fig. 42 lever- then on the other until it clicks into
ing in the point shown by the arrow; place.
EMERGENCY
open the protection cover B-fig. 43

IN AN
and replace the snap-fitted bulb;

F0Q0722m
fig. 41
Versions with sunroof

CAR
To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:

remove the light unit A-fig. 40 lever-
ing in the point shown by the arrow;
TECHNICAL
replace the bulb B-fig. 41 releasing it

from the side contacts making sure that
the new bulb is correctly clamped be-
tween the contacts.
INDEX
178

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0726m F0Q0423m F0Q0424m
fig. 44 fig. 45 fig. 46
GLOVEBOX LIGHT COURTESY MIRROR LIGHT replace the bulb C-fig. 46 releasing it
(for versions/markets, where provided) from the side contacts making sure
To change the bulb, proceed as follows: that the new bulb is correctly clamped
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
open the glovebox, then remove the To change the bulb, proceed as follows: between the contacts.
light unit A-fig. 44; open the mirror cover A-fig. 45;
replace the bulb B releasing it from the remove the bulb B levering in the
side contacts making sure that the new
EMERGENCY
points shown by the arrows;
IN AN
bulb is correctly clamped between the
contacts.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
179

IF A FUSE BLOWS
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
If a general fuse (MEGA-

GENERAL FUSE, MIDI-FUSE, MAXI-
FUSE) cuts in, do not attempt any re-
The fuse is a protective device for the pair and contact a Fiat Dealership.
electric system: it comes into action (i.e.
DEVICES
SAFETY
it cuts off) mainly due to a fault or im-

proper action on the system.
When a device does not work, check the
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0220m
efficiency of its fuse: the conductor ele- fig. 47 Before replacing a fuse, make
ment A-fig. 47 must be intact. If not, re- sure the ignition key has been
place the fuse with one of the same amp removed and that all the oth-
rating (same colour). er services are switched off
Never replace a fuse with and/or disengaged.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
B: undamaged fuse
metal wires or anything else.
C: fuse with damaged filament.
To replace a fuse, use the pliers D hooked
to the fusebox on the dashboard. WARNING
EMERGENCY
If a general protection fuse

IN AN
WARNING for safety systems (air bag

Never replace a fuse with system, braking system), power unit
WARNING another with a higher amp systems (engine system, transmission
rating, DANGER OF FIRE. system) or steering system is triggered,

If a fuse blows again, contact contact a Fiat Dealership.
CAR
a Fiat Dealership.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
180

AND CONTROLS
FUSE LOCATION
DASHBOARD
The vehicle fuses are grouped in three
control units:
instrument dashboard fuse control
unit;
DEVICES
SAFETY
fuse control unit in engine compart-
ment;
fuse control unit in luggage compart-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0727m
ment; fig. 48
Fuse box on the dashboard fig. 48

(left hand drive versions)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
To gain access to the fuses in the fuse box
on the dashboard fig. 49, loosen the three
fastening screw A-fig. 48 and remove the F0Q0098m
fig. 48
cover B.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Fuse box on the dashboard
fig. 48a/48b
(right hand drive versions)
CAR
To access the fuse carrier box on the in-
strument dashboard fig.49 follow the in-
structions below:
open the glovebox;
TECHNICAL
pull the two pins inwards A-fig.48a;
act on device A-fig.48b and lower
cover B.
INDEX
181

WARNING
TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD
INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS
182
fig. 48a
157-192 BRAVO GB.qxd
4-04-2011
11:56

F0Q0061m
Pagina 182
fig. 49
F0Q0778m
AND CONTROLS
Fuse box next to the battery
DASHBOARD
fig. 51a
To gain access to the fuse box next to the
battery, press the retainers A-fig. 50a and
DEVICES
remove the protection cover B.
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0816m F0Q0498m
fig. 50 fig. 50a
Fuse box next to the battery fig. 51

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
A second fuse-box is located on the right-
hand of the engine compartment, next to
the battery; to reach it loosen the fixing
screws and remove the lid A-fig. 50.
EMERGENCY
The ID number of the electrical compo-
IN AN
nent corresponding to each fuse can be
found on the back of this cover.
CAR
If you need to wash the en-
gine compartment, take care
not to directly hit the engine
TECHNICAL
compartment control unit
with the water jet.
fig. 51 F0Q0815m INDEX

183

Fuse box in the boot fig. 52

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD

To gain access to the fuses in the fuse box on the left side of the boot, open lid
A-fig. 53.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0747m
fig. 52
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
F0Q0815m F0Q0776m
fig. 51a fig. 53
184

AND CONTROLS
FUSE SUMMARY TABLE
DASHBOARD
LIGHTS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE
Right dipped beam (quartz-iodine headlights) F12 7.5 49
DEVICES
SAFETY
Right dipped beam (Bi-Xenon headlights) F12 15 49
Left dipped beam (quartz-iodine headlights) F13 7.5 49
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Left dipped beam (Bi-Xenon headlights) F13 15 49
Reversing light F35 7.5 49
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Third stop light F37 7.5 49
Rear fog light (drivers side) F53 7.5 49
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Main beam headlamps F14 15 51
Front fog light/Cornering light LH/RH F30 15 51
Front fog light/Cornering light, RH
CAR
(for versions/markets, where provided) F09 7.5 51a
Right main beam headlight (for versions/markets, where provided) F14 7.5 51a
TECHNICAL
Left main beam headlight (for versions/markets, where provided) F15 10 51a
Front fog light/Cornering light, LH

(for versions/markets, where provided) F30 7.5 51a
INDEX
185

COMPONENTS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Climate control fan F08 40 51
Headlight washer pump F09 30 51

DEVICES
SAFETY
Horn F10 10 51/51a
Headlight alignment correction system (versions with halogen headlights) F13 7.5 49
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
(PTC1) additional heater F15 30 51
Conditioner compressor F19 7.5 51/51a

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Headlight washer motor pump (for versions/markets, where provided) F20 20 51a
Fuel motor pump on tank (for versions/markets, where provided) F21 15 51a
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Remote switch coils on fuse box in engine compartment (CVM)/

Body Computer control unit (NBC) F31 5 49
Subwoofer amplifier for HI-FI/ Car radio and Radionavigator audio

system (1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions with optional HI-FI) F32 15 49
CAR
Rear left power window F33 20 49

TECHNICAL
Rear right power window F34 20 49
Control on stop pedal (NC contact)/Sensor for water presence in diesel/

Flowmeter/Control on clutch pedal and servo brake pressure sensor
INDEX
(1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions) F35 5 49
186

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Door opening system control unit (CGP)
(door opening/closing, safe lock, tailgate release) F36 20 49
DEVICES
Brake pedal control (normally closed contact NA)/
SAFETY
Instrument panel (NQS)/gas-discharge lamp control units
on front headlights F37 7.5 49
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Car radio and Radio navigator (excluding 1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions
with optional HI-FI)/Radio preparation/Blue&MeTM system/
Alarm siren (CSA)/Alarm system on roof light/Internal cooling
unit system/Tyre pressure detection control unit (CPP)/
LIGHTS AND
Diagnosis socket connector/Rear roof lights F39 10 49
MESSAGES
WARNING
Heated rear window F40 30 49
EMERGENCY
Electric door mirror defrosters/Defrosters on front nozzles F41 7.5 49
IN AN
Windscreen wiper/Windscreen/rear window washer bidirectional
motor pump system on steering column stalk F43 30 49
Current outlets/Cigar lighter F44 15 49
CAR
Power sunroof motor F46 20 49
TECHNICAL
Front power window (driver side) F47 20 49
Front power window (passenger side) F48 20 49
INDEX
187


AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Emergency control panel (illumination)/

Central right and left branch control panel (illumination, ASR switch)/
Controls on steering wheel (illumination)/Control panel on front
ceiling light (illumination)/Volumetric protection alarm system control
DEVICES
SAFETY
unit (deactivation)/Power sunroof (control unit, control illumination)/

rain sensor/daylight sensor on driving mirror/
Front seat warming activation controls F49 5 49
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Air bag control unit (NAB) F50 7.5 49
Internal cooling unit system/Sound system presetting/

Cruise Control lever/Blu&Me system control unit/
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Parking sensor control unit (NSP)/Air quality sensor (AQS)/

Automatic air-conditioner/Electric door mirrors (moving, folding)/
Tyre pressure monitoring control unit (CPP)/
Voltage stabiliser (1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions) F51 5 49
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Rear window wiper F52 15 49
nstrument panel (NQS) F53 7.5 49

Fuel pump F85 15 51

CAR
Battery charge status sensor (1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions) F87 5 51
TECHNICAL
Right front seat adjustment F1 30 53
Left front seat adjustment F2 30 53

INDEX
Left front seat heating F3 10 53
Right front seat heatin F6 10 53

188

AND CONTROLS
IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT VERSIONS WITH
DASHBOARD
Start&Stop SYSTEM fig. 54
IMPORTANT The battery charging pro- (for versions/markets, where provided)
cedure is described only for information Charge the battery as follows:
purposes. This operation should be car-
ried out by Fiat Dealership. proceed as follows: detach the con-
DEVICES
SAFETY
nector A (by pressing button B) from
Charging should be slow at a low amp rat- sensor C for monitoring the status of
ing for 24 hours. Charging for a longer the battery installed on the battery neg-
time may damage the battery.
CORRECT USE
ative pole D;
OF THE CAR
VERSIONS WITHOUT connect the positive cable to the posi-
Start&Stop SYSTEM tive battery terminal E and the negative
(for versions/markets, where provided) terminal to the sensor D as shown in
the figure;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Charge the battery as follows:
turn on the charger. Turn the device off
disconnect battery negative terminal; after recharging;
connect the charger cables to the bat- after having disconnected the recharg-
EMERGENCY
tery terminals, observing the poles; ing device, reconnect the connector A
IN AN
to the sensor C as shown in the figure.
turn on the charger;
IMPORTANT Where relevant, switch the
when you have finished, turn the charg- fig. 54 F0Q0762m
electronic car alarm off with remote con-
er off before disconnecting the battery;
trol (see Alarm in section Dashboard
reconnect battery negative terminal.
CAR
and controls).
TECHNICAL
INDEX
189

AND CONTROLS
JACKING THE CAR

DASHBOARD
WARNING
The liquid contained in the
battery is poisonous and cor- If the car is to be lifted, go to a Fiat Deal-
rosive. Avoid contact with the skin or ership which is equipped with the arm
eyes. The battery should be charged hoist or workshop lift.
DEVICES
SAFETY
in a well ventilated place, away from The car can only be jacked at the sides,
naked flames or possible sources of jack arms or workshop lift shall be placed
sparks: danger of explosion and fire. as shown in fig. 55.
CORRECT USE
IMPORTANT For Sport versions, in case

OF THE CAR
F0Q0729m
fig. 55
of side lifting with workshop lifter, take
care to avoid damages to the spoilers.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Do not attempt to charge a

frozen battery: it must first-
ly be thawed, otherwise it may burst.
If freezing has occurred, the battery
should be checked by skilled person-
EMERGENCY
nel to make sure that the internal el-

IN AN
ements are not damaged and that the

body is not cracked, with the risk of
leaking poisonous and corrosive acid.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
190

TOWING THE CAR
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
WARNING
Before starting to tow, turn
The tow ring provided with the car is the ignition key to MAR and
housed in the tool box under the boot then to STOP. Do not remove the
mat. key. If the key is removed, the steer-
DEVICES
SAFETY
ing lock engages automatically re-
TOW RING HOOKING sulting in the impossibility to steer the
Proceed as follows: wheels.
B
release the cap operating the tab
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0730m
fig. 56
A-fig. 56-57;
take the tow hook B from its support;
tighten the ring on the rear or front WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
threaded pin. When towing, remember
that without the help of the
servobrake and power steering, a
greater effort is required on the ped-
EMERGENCY
al and steering wheel. Do not use
IN AN
flexible cables for towing and avoid
jerks. During towing operations make
fig. 57 F0Q0731m sure that fastening the joint to the car
does not damage the components in
contact with it. When towing the car,
CAR
you must comply with the specific
traffic regulations regarding the tow
ring and how to tow on the road.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
191

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
WARNING The front and rear tow hooks

Do not start the engine must only be used for emer-
when towing the car. gency situations on the road.
The vehicle may be towed for
short distances when a dedicated de-
DEVICES
vice is used in compliance with the

SAFETY
Highway Code (rigid bar), in order to

WARNING move the vehicle on the road in prepa-
ration for towing by a tow truck Tow
Before fitting the hook,
CORRECT USE
hooks MUST NOT be used to tow ve-

OF THE CAR
clean accurately its thread- hicles off the road or where there are
ed seat. Before starting to tow, make obstacles and/or for towing operations
sure to have tighten the hook. using cables or other non-rigid devices.
Respecting the above conditions, tow-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ing must only take place with two ve-

hicles (one towing, the other towed)
travelling as far as possible in alignment
along the same centreline.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
192

CAR MAINTENANCE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
SCHEDULED SERVICING ................................................ 194
SERVICE SCHEDULE ........................................................... 195
DEVICES
SAFETY
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE ............................................. 199
HEAVY-DUTY ...................................................................... 199
CHECKING FLUID LEVELS................................................ 200
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
AIR CLEANER/POLLEN FILTER ...................................... 207
BATTERY ................................................................................ 207
WHEELS AND TYRES ......................................................... 209
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
RUBBER HOSES .................................................................... 210
WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOW WIPERS ................... 210
BODYWORK ........................................................................ 212
EMERGENCY
IN AN
INTERIORS ............................................................................ 215
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
193

SCHEDULED SERVICING IMPORTANT The Programmed Mainte- IMPORTANT You are advised to contact
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
nance coupons are specified by the Man- Fiat Dealership in the event of any minor
Correct maintenance is essential for en- ufacturer. The failure to have them car- operating faults, without waiting for the
suring long car life under the best condi- ried out may invalidate the warranty. next service coupon.
tions. Scheduled Servicing is performed by all Fi- If your car is used frequently for towing,
at Dealership, at pre-established times. the interval between one service coupon
DEVICES
SAFETY
This is why Fiat has programmed a series

of checks and maintenance operations and the other must be reduced.
If during each operation, in addition to the
every 30,000 km or 35,000 km (1.6 Mul- ones programmed, the need arises for fur-
tijet and 2.0 Multijet versions). ther replacements or repairs, these may
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
It is however important to remember that be carried out only with the explicit agree-
scheduled servicing does not completely ment of the Customer.
cover all the cars requirements: also in
the initial period before 30,000 km or
LIGHTS AND
35,000 km (1.6 Multijet and 2.0 Multijet

MESSAGES
WARNING
versions) service coupon and later, be-

tween one coupon and another, ordinary
care is still required such as for example
routine check and topping up the level of
EMERGENCY
fluids, tyre pressure check, etc...

IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
194

SERVICE SCHEDULE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
1.4 16V - 1.4 T-JET - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air - 1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V VERSIONS
Thousands of miles 18 36 54 72 90 108
DEVICES
Thousands of km
SAFETY
30 60 90 120 150 180
Months 24 48 72 96 120 144
Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if necessary
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Check lighting system operation (headlights, direction indicators,
hazard lights, luggage compartment lights, passenger
compartment lights, glove compartment lights, instrument
panel warning lights, etc.)
Check operation of windscreen wiper system and
LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES
adjust sprays if necessary
WARNING
Check position/wear of front/rear windscreen wiper blades
Check condition and wear of front disc brake pads and
operation of pad wear indicator
EMERGENCY
Check conditions and wear of rear disc brake pads
IN AN
Visually check that the following are in good condition
and intact: body exterior, under body protection,
pipe rigid and flexible sections (exhaust-fuel system-brakes),
rubber parts (gaiters, sleeves, bushes, etc.)
Check cleanliness of locks, bonnet, engine and boot,
CAR
clean and lubricate linkages
Check and top-up fluids (hydraulic brakes/clutch,
windscreen washer, battery, engine coolant, etc.)
TECHNICAL
Check and adjust handbrake lever travel
Check visually conditions of auxiliary drive belt/s
Check battery charge status and possibly recharge
Visually check conditions of toothed timing belt
(petrol and 1.9 Multijet 8V versions)
INDEX
Check tension and adjust auxiliary drive belt
(except for engines with automatic tensioners)
Check and adjust tappet clearance (1.9 Multijet 8V version)
195

Thousands of miles 18 36 54 72 90 108

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Thousands of km 30 60 90 120 150 180

Months 24 48 72 96 120 144
Check exhaust emissions (petrol versions)

DEVICES
Check emissions/fumes (1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V versions)

SAFETY
Check operation of engine control systems

(by means of test interface)
Replace accessory drive belt/s
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Replace toothed timing belt (petrol versions) (*)

Replace toothed timing belt (1.9 Multijet 8V versions) (*)
Replace toothed timing belt (1.9 Multijet 16V versions) (*)
Replace spark plugs (petrol versions) 1
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Replace fuel filter (1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V versions)

Replace air filter cartridge (petrol versions)
Replace air filter cartridge (1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V versions)
Replace engine oil and oil filter (petrol versions)
EMERGENCY
(or every 24 months) 2

IN AN
Change engine oil and oil filter (1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V
versions without DPF) (or every 24 months)
Change engine oil and oil filter
(1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V versions with DPF) (**) 3

CAR
Change brake fluidr (or every 24 months)

Change pollen filter (or every 15 months)
(*) Irrespective of mileage, the timing drive belt must be replace every 4 years for heavy duty applications, cold climates, town use, long periods idling) or at least
TECHNICAL
every 5 years.
(**) The engine oil and oil filter should be changed depending on their actual condition, which is indicated by a warning light/message on the control panel or at
least every 2 years.
1 For 1.4 T-JET and 1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions, in order to ensure correct operation and avoid significant damages to the engines, it is mandatory:
- to use spark plugs specifically certified for T-JET and Multi Air engine only, of the same type and brand (see paragraph Engine);
- to replace the plugs as often as required by the Programmesed Maintenance Plan;
INDEX
- we recommend to refer to the Fiat Dealership.

2 If the car is mainly used in cities or travels less than 10,000 km a year, change the engine oil and filter every 12 months.
3 If the car is mainly used in towns and cities, change the engine oil and filter every 12 months.
196

AND CONTROLS
1.6 Multijet and 2.0 Multijet VERSIONS
DASHBOARD
Thousands of miles 21 42 63 84 105
Thousands of km 35 70 105 140 175
DEVICES
Months 24 48 72 96 120
SAFETY
Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if necessary
Check lighting system operation (headlights, direction indicators,
CORRECT USE
hazard lights, luggage compartment lights, passenger compartment lights,
OF THE CAR
glove compartment lights, instrument panel warning lights, etc.)
Check operation of windscreen wiper system and
adjust sprays if necessary

LIGHTS AND
Check position/wear of front/rear windscreen wiper blades
MESSAGES
WARNING
Check condition and wear of front disc brake pads and operation
of pad wear indicator
Check conditions and wear of rear disc brake pads
EMERGENCY
Visually check that the following are in good condition
IN AN
and intact: body exterior, under body protection,
pipe rigid and flexible sections (exhaust-fuel system-brakes),
rubber parts (gaiters, sleeves, bushes, etc.)
Check cleanliness of locks, bonnet, engine and boot,
CAR
clean and lubricate linkages
Check and top-up fluids (hydraulic brakes/clutch,
windscreen washer, battery, engine coolant, etc.)
TECHNICAL
Check and adjust handbrake lever travel
Check visually conditions of auxiliary drive belt/s
Check battery charge status and possibly recharge
INDEX
197

Thousands of miles 21 42 63 84 105

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Thousands of km 35 70 105 140 175

Months 24 48 72 96 120
Check emissions/fumes
DEVICES
SAFETY
Check operation of engine control systems (by means of test interface)

Replace accessory drive belt/s
Replace toothed timing belt (*)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Replace fuel filter

Replace air filter cartridge
Change engine oil and oil filter (versions without DPF)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
(or every 24 months)

Change engine oil and oil filter (versions with DPF) (**)
Change brake fluid (or every 24 months)
EMERGENCY
Change pollen filter (or every 15 months)

IN AN
(*) Irrespective of mileage, the timing drive belt must be replace every 4 years for heavy duty applications, cold climates, town use, long periods
idling) or at least every 5 years.
(**) The engine oil and oil filter should be changed depending on their actual condition, which is indicated by a warning light/message on the
CAR
control panel or at least every 2 years.

If the car is used mainly for town driving, the engine oil and filter should be changed every 12 months.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
198

ROUTINE HEAVY-DUTY sight inspect the conditions of: engine,
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
gearbox, transmission, pipes and hoses
MAINTENANCE Should prevailing use of the car be under (exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts
one of the following specially heavy con- (boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.);
Every 1,000 km or before long journeys, ditions:
check and top up if required: check battery charge and fluid level
trailer or caravan towing; (electrolyte);
DEVICES
SAFETY
engine coolant fluid level;
dusty roads; visual check on various drive belt con-
brake fluid level; ditions;
windscreen washer fluid level; short distances (less than 7-8 km) re-
check and if necessary change engine
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
peated and with external tempera-
tyre pressure and conditions; tures below zero; oil and oil filter;
light system operation (headlights, di- frequently idling engines or long dis- check and replace pollen filter, if re-
rection indicators, hazard lights, etc.); tance low speed driving or in case of quired;
LIGHTS AND
a long term inactivity; check and replace air cleaner, if re-
MESSAGES
WARNING
windscreen wiper/washer operation
and windscreen/rear window blade carry out the following checks more fre- quired.
position/wear; quently than required in the Service
Schedule:
Every 3,000 km check and top up if re-
EMERGENCY
quired: engine oil level. check front disk brake pad conditions
IN AN
and wear;
check cleanness of locks, bonnet and
boot and lever cleanness and lubrica-
tion;
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
199

CHECKING
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
FLUID LEVELS
DEVICES
SAFETY
When topping up take care

not to confuse the various
types of fluids: they are all in-
compatible with one another
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
and could seriously damage the car.

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
WARNING
Never smoke while working F0Q0817m
in the engine compartment; fig. 1 - 1.4 16V version

gas and inflammable vapours may be
EMERGENCY
present, with the risk of fire.

IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
1 Engine oil - 2 Battery - 3 Brake fluid

INDEX
4 Windscreen/rear window/headlight
washer fluid - 5 Engine coolant
F0Q0766m
fig. 2 - 1.4 T-JET version
200

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
F0Q0763m
fig. 2a - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air version
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
F0Q0767m
fig. 3 - 1.6 Multijet version
201

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING

F0Q0615m
fig. 4 - 1.9 Multijet 8V version (for versions/markets where provided)
EMERGENCY
IN AN
3
CAR
1
TECHNICAL
5 2
INDEX
4 1 Engine oil - 2 Battery - 3 Brake fluid

F0Q0618m
fig. 5 - 1.9 Multijet 16V version (for versions/markets where provided) washer fluid - 5 Engine coolant
202

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
F0Q0768m
fig. 5a - 2.0 Multijet version
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
203

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
A
DEVICES
SAFETY
B
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0665m F0Q0764m F0Q0621m

fig. 6 - 1.4 16V version fig. 7a - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air version fig. 10 - 1.9 Multijet 16V version
Topping up engine oil

If the oil level is near or even below the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
MIN mark, add oil through the filler neck

B, until reaching the MAX mark.
Oil level shall never exceed the MAX
mark.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
IMPORTANT If a routine check reveals

that the oil level is above the MAX mark,
F0Q0025m
fig. 8 - 1.6 Multijet - 2.0 Multijet versions F0Q0757m contact Fiat Dealership to have the cor-
fig. 7 - 1.4 T-JET version
rect level restored.
ENGINE OIL fig. 6-7-7a-8-9-10 IMPORTANT After adding or changing

CAR
the oil, let the engine turn over for a few

Checking engine oil seconds and wait a few minutes after turn-
ing it off before you check the level.
Check the oil level a few minutes (about
TECHNICAL
5) after the engine has stopped, with the

car parked on level ground.
Remove the dipstick A and clean it, put
it back in completely, remove it and check
that the level is within the MIN and MAX
INDEX
F0Q0620m
marks on the dipstick. The interval be- fig. 9 - 1.9 Multijet 8V version
tween the MIN and MAX marks corre-
sponds to about one litre of oil.
204

AND CONTROLS
Engine oil consumption
DASHBOARD
Max engine oil consumption is usually 400
grams every 1000 km.
When the car is new, the engine needs
to run in, therefore the engine oil con-
DEVICES
SAFETY
sumption can only be considered stabilised
after the first 5000 - 6000 km.
IMPORTANT The oil consumption de-
CORRECT USE
pends on driving style and the conditions
OF THE CAR
F0Q0617m F0Q0619m
fig. 11 - 1.4 16V version fig. 12
under which the car is used.
IMPORTANT Do not add oil with speci- ENGINE COOLANT FLUID
fications other than that already in the en- The cooling system uses
fig. 11-12 PARAFLUUP antifreeze. Do
gine.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
The coolant level shall be checked with not add fluid having different
cold engine and shall not be lower than specifications from that al-
the MIN mark on the reservoir. ready existing. PARAFLUUP cannot be
WARNING mixed with other types of fluids. Should
If the level is low, pour slowly a mixture of other fluids be added, do not start the
EMERGENCY
When the engine is hot, take 50% distilled water and 50% PARAFLUUP engine and contact Fiat Dealership as
IN AN
care when working inside the of the PETRONAS LUBRICANTS
engine compartment to avoid burns. soon as possible.
through the filler neck A.
Remember that when the engine is
hot, the fan may cut in: danger of in- A 50-50 mixture of PARAFLU UP and dis-
jury. Scarves, ties and other loose tilled water gives freeze protection to
CAR
clothing might be pulled by moving 35C. WARNING
parts. For particularly hard climate conditions, we Do not remove the reservoir
recommend use of a 60% PARAFLU UP cap when the engine is hot:
you risk scalding yourself. The cool-
TECHNICAL
and 40% demineralized water mixture.
ing system is pressurised. If necessary,
Used engine oil and filter con- replace the cap only with another
tain harmful substances for genuine one, otherwise system effi-
the environment. Contact ciency could be compromised.
Fiat Dealership to have the oil
INDEX
and filter changed.
205

Check level through the reservoir.

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
For versions fitted with headlight wash-

er, remove the filter and the relevant dip-
stick. Use the dipstick to check the fluid
level inside the reservoir.
DEVICES
SAFETY
WARNING
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 13 F0Q0666m Do not travel with the wind- fig. 14 F0Q0664m
screen washer reservoir emp-

WINDSCREEN/REAR ty. The windscreen washer is funda- BRAKE FLUID fig. 14
mental for improving visibility.
WINDOW/HEADLIGHT Unscrew cap A and check that the fluid
LIGHTS AND
WASHER FLUID fig. 13

MESSAGES
WARNING
level in the reservoir is at maximum.

To top up, open the cap A and then pour Fluid level in the reservoir shall not exceed
a mixture of water and TUTELA PRO- the MAX mark.
FESSIONAL SC 35, in the following WARNING
EMERGENCY
concentrations: Certain commercial addi- If fluid has to be added, it is suggested to

IN AN
tives for windscreen washers use the brake fluid in table Fluids and lu-
30% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL bricants (see chapter Technical specifi-
SC 35 and 70% water in summer; are inflammable. The engine com-
partment contains hot components cations). When opening cap A take the
50% di TUTELA PROFESSIONAL which may set it on fire. utmost care to prevent impurities enter-
SC 35 and 50% water in winter. ing the tank.

CAR
In case of temperatures below 20C, use For topping up, always use a funnel with
undiluted TUTELA PROFESSIONAL integrated filter with mesh equal to or
SC 35 fluid. lower than 0.12 mm.
TECHNICAL
IMPORTANT Brake fluid absorbs mois-

ture. For this reason, if the car is mainly
used in areas with a high degree of at-
mospheric humidity, the fluid should be
replaced at more frequent intervals than
INDEX
specified in the Service schedule.
206

AIR CLEANER/
AND CONTROLS
REPLACING THE BATTERY
DASHBOARD
Make sure that the highly cor-
rosive brake fluid does not drip POLLEN FILTER If required, replace the battery with a gen-
onto the paintwork; if it does, uine spare part having the same specifi-
wash it off immediately with Air cleaner or pollen filter replacement cations.
water. shall be carried out at Fiat Dealership. If a battery with different specifications is
DEVICES
SAFETY
fitted, the service intervals given in the
Service schedule in this section will no
BATTERY longer be valid.
WARNING
CORRECT USE
Refer to the instructions provided by the
OF THE CAR
Brake fluid is poisonous and The battery is of the Limited mainte-
highly corrosive. In the event nance type: under normal conditions of battery manufacturer.
of accidental contact, wash the parts use the electrolyte does not need topping
involved immediately with neutral up with distilled water.
soap and water, then rinse thor-
LIGHTS AND
However, to make sure that it is in effi-
MESSAGES
WARNING
oughly. Call the doctor immediately Incorrect fitting of electrical
if the fluid is swallowed. cient conditions at routine intervals have
it checked at Fiat Dealership only. and electronic accessories can
seriously damage the car. If af-
ter buying the car, you want
EMERGENCY
to install electric accessories which re-
IN AN
WARNING WARNING quire permanent electric supply
(alarm, free-hand phone kit, etc.) con-
Symbol , on the container The liquid in the battery is tact Fiat Dealership whose qualified
indicates synthetic brake flu- poisonous and corrosive. personnel, in addition to suggesting the
id, distinguishing it from the mineral Avoid contact with eyes and skin. Do most suitable devices, will evaluate the
CAR
kind. Using mineral fluids irreversibly not bring naked flames or possible overall electric absorption, checking
damages the special braking system sources of sparks near to the battery: whether the car electric system is ca-
rubber seals. risk of fire and explosion. pable of withstanding the load re-
quired, or whether it should be inte-
TECHNICAL
grated with a more powerful battery.
WARNING
Running the battery with
INDEX
low fluid level can damage
the battery beyond repair and could
also cause its explosion.
207

USEFUL ADVICE Moreover, this might lead to a higher risk

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Batteries contain substances of the battery electrolyte freezing (this

that are very harmful for the FOR LENGTHENING THE LIFE
OF YOUR BATTERY may even occur at 10C). If the car is in-
environment. You are advised active for a long period of time, refer to
to have the battery changed To avoid draining your battery and length- Car inactivity, in section Correct use
at a Fiat Dealership, which is properly en its life, observe the following indica- of the car.
equipped for disposing of used batter-
DEVICES
tions:
SAFETY
ies respecting nature and the law. If after buying the car, you want to install
when you park the car, ensure the electric accessories which require per-
doors, tailgate and bonnet are closed manent electric supply (alarm, etc.) con-
properly;
CORRECT USE
tact Fiat Dealership whose qualified per-

OF THE CAR
WARNING the ceiling lights must be off. The car sonnel, in addition to suggesting the most
If the car is left inactive for is however provided with an automat- suitable devices, will evaluate the overall
long periods at cold, remove ic system for switching off internal electric absorption, checking whether the
the battery and store it in a warm lights; cars electric system is capable of with-
LIGHTS AND
standing the load required, or whether it

MESSAGES
WARNING
place to prevent freezing.

do not keep accessories (e.g.: sound should be integrated with a more power-
system, hazard lights, etc.) switched on ful battery.
for a long time when the engine is not
running; In fact, since these devices continue ab-
EMERGENCY
sorbing energy even when the ignition key

before performing any operation on the
IN AN
WARNING is off, they gradually run down the battery.

When working on the bat- electrical system, disconnect the bat-
tery or near it, always wear tery negative cable;
the proper goggles. battery terminals shall always be per-
fectly tightened.
CAR
IMPORTANT If the battery remains with

the charge below 50% for a long time it
becomes damaged through sulphation and
TECHNICAL
its starting capacity is reduced.

INDEX
208

WHEELS AND TYRES if a tyre is punctured, stop immediate-
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
ly and charge it to avoid damage to the
Check the pressure of each tyre, includ- tyre, the rim, suspensions and steering
ing the spare, every two weeks and before system;
long journeys. The pressure should be Tyres age even if they are not used
checked with the tyre rested and cold. much. Cracks in the tread rubber are a
DEVICES
SAFETY
For the correct tyre inflation pressure, see sign of ageing. In any case, if the tyres
Wheels in Technical specifications have been on the car for over 6 years,
section. they should be checked by specialised
CORRECT USE
personnel, to see if they can still be
OF THE CAR
F0Q0101m
fig. 15
Incorrect pressure causes abnormal tyre used. Also remember to check the
wear fig. 15: space-saver spare wheel;
IMPORTANT NOTES
A: normal pressure: tread evenly worn. In the case of replacement, always fit
As far as possible, avoid sharp braking new tyres, avoiding those of dubious
LIGHTS AND
B: low pressure: tread particularly worn
MESSAGES
WARNING
and screech starts, etc. Be careful not origin;
at the edges. to hit the kerb, potholes or other ob-
C: high pressure: tread particularly worn stacles hard. Driving for long stretch- If a tyre is changed, also change the in-
in the centre. es over bumpy roads can damage the flation valve;
tyres;
EMERGENCY
Tyres must be replaced when the tread To allow even wear between the front
IN AN
wears down to 1.6 mm. In any case, com- Periodically check that the tyres have and rear tyres, it is advisable to change
ply with the laws in the country where the no cuts in the side wall, abnormal them over every 10-15 thousand kilo-
car is being driven. swelling or irregular tyre wear. If any of metres, keeping them on the same side
these occur, have the car seen to at a of the car so as to not reverse the di-
Fiat Dealership; rection of rotation.
CAR
avoid overloading the car when travel-
ling: this may cause serious damage to
the wheels and tyres;
TECHNICAL
INDEX
209

RUBBER HOSES WINDSCREEN/

AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
Remember that road holding

As far as the brake system and fuel rubber
REAR WINDOW
depends also on the correct
tyre inflating pressure. hoses are concerned, carefully follow the WIPERS
Service schedule in this section.
BLADES
DEVICES
SAFETY
Indeed ozone, high temperatures and pro-

longed lack of fluid in the system may Periodically clean the rubber part using
cause hardening and cracking of the hoses, special products; TUTELA PROFES-
WARNING with possible leaks. Careful control is SIONAL SC 35 is recommended.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
If the pressure is too low the therefore necessary.

tyre overheats and this can Change the blades if the rubber edge is
cause it serious damage. warped or worn out. You should in any case
change them approximately once a year.
A few simple notions can reduce the pos-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
sibility of damage to the blades:

WARNING if the temperature fall below zero,
Do not cross switch the make sure that ice has not frozen the
rubber against glass. If necessary, thaw
EMERGENCY
tyres, moving them from the

using an antifreeze product;
IN AN
right of the car to the left and vice

versa. remove any snow from the glass: in ad-
dition to protecting the blades, this pre-
vents effort on the motor and over-
heating;
CAR
WARNING do not operate the windscreen and

Never submit alloy rims to rear window wipers on dry glass.
repainting treatments re-
TECHNICAL
quiring to use temperatures exceed-

ing 150C since the mechanical prop- WARNING
erties of the wheels could be im- Driving with worn wiper
paired. blades is a serious hazard,
because visibility is reduced in bad
INDEX
weather.
210

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0662m F0Q0661m F0Q0660m
fig. 16 fig. 18 fig. 19
Changing the rear SPRAY NOZZLES

window blade
Windscreen wiper fig. 18
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Proceed as follows:
If the jet of fluid is inadequate, firstly check
raise the cover A-fig. 17 and remove that there is fluid in the reservoir: see
the arm from the car, slackening the nut Checking fluid levels in this section).
B that fastens it to the pivot pin;
EMERGENCY
Then check that the nozzle holes are not
fit the new arm, positioning it correct-
IN AN
clogged, if necessary use a needle.
ly, and fully tighten the nut;
F0Q0663m
The windscreen jets are fixed.
fig. 17 lower the cover.
Changing the windscreen Rear window wiper fig. 19
CAR
wiper blades Rear window washer jets are fixed.
Proceed as follows: The nozzle holder is on the rear window.
raise the windscreen wiper arm and po-
TECHNICAL
sition the blade so that it forms an an-
gle of 90 with the arm;
press tab A-fig. 16 of the coupling
spring and remove the blade to be re-
INDEX
placed from the arm;
fit the new arm, inserting the tab into
the arm seat. Check for proper locking.
211

BODYWORK These include: BODY AND UNDERBODY

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Painting products and systems which WARRANTY

PROTECTION FROM give the car particular resistance to cor- Your car is covered by warranty against
ATMOSPHERIC AGENTS rosion and abrasion; perforation due to rust of any original el-
Use of galvanised (or pretreated) steel ement of the structure or body. For the
The main causes of corrosion are the fol-
DEVICES
general terms of this warranty, refer to

SAFETY
lowing: sheets, with high resistance to corro-

sion; the Fiat Warranty booklet.
atmospheric pollution;
Spraying the underbody, engine com- ADVICE FOR PRESERVING
salty air and humidity (coastal areas, or
CORRECT USE
partment, wheelhouse internal parts

OF THE CAR
THE BODYWORK
hot humid climates); and other parts with highly protective
wax products;
seasonal environment conditions. Paint
Spraying of plastic parts, with a pro-
Not to be underestimated is also the abra- tective function, in the more exposed Paintwork does not only serve an aesteth-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
sive action of wind-borne atmospheric points: underdoor, inner fender parts, ic purpose, but also protects the under-
dust and sand and mud and gravel raised edges, etc.; lying sheet metal.
by other cars. In the case of deep scrapes or scores, you
Use of open boxed sections to pre-
On your Fiat Bravo, Fiat implemented the vent condensation and pockets of mois- are advised to have the necessary touch-
EMERGENCY
best manufacturing technologies to effec- ture from triggering rust inside. ing up carried out immediately to avoid
IN AN
tively protect the bodywork against cor- the formation of rust. Use only original
rosion. paint products for touching up (see Body-
work paint identification plate in section
Technical specification).
CAR
Normal paint maintenance consists in

washing at intervals depending on the con-
ditions and environment of use. For ex-
ample, in highly polluted areas, or if the
TECHNICAL
roads are sprayed with salt, it is wise to

wash the car more frequently.
INDEX
212

AND CONTROLS
To wash the car correctly proceed as fol- If the vehicle is washed in an automatic car When drying, take particular care with the
DASHBOARD
lows: wash, follow these recommendations: less visible parts like door surrounds, bon-
net and around the headlights where wa-
soak the body with a low pressure wa- remove the antenna from the roof to ter may stagnate. The car should not be
ter jet; avoid damages; taken to a closed area immediately, but left
pass on the body a sponge with a light water with a cleansing solution must be in the open so that residual water can
DEVICES
SAFETY
cleansing solution, frequently rinsing used for washing; evaporate.
the sponge; Do not wash the car after it has been left
rinse accurately to avoid cleansing so-
rinse accurately with water and dry lution residues which may remain on the in the sun or with the bonnet hot: this may
CORRECT USE
with air jet or suede. body or hidden parts. alter the shine of the paintwork.
OF THE CAR
Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned in
the same way as the rest of the car.
Some automatic systems pro- Where possible, do not park under trees;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
vided with old generation the resinous substance many species re-
and/or not correctly main- lease give the paint a dull appearance and
tained brushes may damage increase the possibility of triggering rust
the varnish, easing the creation of mi- processes.
EMERGENCY
cro-scratches, especially on dark IMPORTANT Bird droppings must be
IN AN
colours. To remove those scratches, washed off immediately and thoroughly as
slightly polish with a specific product. the acid they contain is particularly ag-
gressive.
CAR
Detergents cause water pol-
lution. Therefore the car
should be washed in areas
TECHNICAL
equipped for collecting and
purifying the liquid used in the washing
process.
INDEX
213

Front headlights Windows Engine compartment

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
IMPORTANT Never use aromatic sub- Use specific window cleaner product. Use At the end of the winter the engine com-
stances (e.g.: petrol) or ketones (e.g.: ace- also clean cloths to avoid scratching the partment should be carefully washed,
tone) for cleaning front headlight plastic glass or damaging the transparency. without directing the jet against electron-
lens. ic control units. Contact a specialised
IMPORTANT The inside of the rearscreen workshop to have this done.
DEVICES
SAFETY
should be wiped gently with a cloth in the

direction of the filaments to avoid damag- IMPORTANT The car should be washed
ing the heating device. with the engine cold and the ignition key
at STOP. After washing make sure that
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
the various protections (e.g. rubber caps

and various covers) have not been dam-
aged or removed.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
214

INTERIORS
AND CONTROLS
CLEANING LEATHER SEATS INTERIOR PLASTIC PARTS
DASHBOARD
Remove dried on dirt with lightly moist- For routine cleaning of interior plastic
Periodically check that water is not trapped ened chamois leather or cloth without parts use a soft cloth moistened with wa-
under the mats (due to water dripping off pressing too hard. ter and neutral soap. Remove grease or
shoes, umbrellas, etc.) which could cause persisting stains using appropriate solvent-
oxidisation of the sheet metal. Remove liquid or grease stains with a dry free products designed to preserve ap-
DEVICES
SAFETY
absorbent cloth without rubbing. Then pearance and colour of plastic compo-
Replace the worn carpet mats, if present, wipe with a soft cloth or chamois leather
with genuine products or however that nents.
with water and neutral soap.
remain securely fastented to the passen- IMPORTANT Never use spirit or petro-
CORRECT USE
If the stain persists, use specific products,
OF THE CAR
ger compartment carpet. It is not advis- leum to clean the instrument panel.
able to use non genuine mats that could carefully following the instructions for use.
move whilst driving. IMPORTANT Never use spirit or alcohol-
based products.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
CLEANING SEATS AND FABRIC Never use flammable prod-
AND VELVET PARTS ucts like oil ether or rectified
Use a soft brush or vacuum cleaner to re- Fabric upholstery of your car petrol for cleaning car interiors. Elec-
move dust. Velvet is cleaned better if the is purpose-made to withstand trostatic discharges generated by rub-
EMERGENCY
brush is moistened. common wear resulting from bing during cleaning operations could
IN AN
normal use of the car. It is cause fire.
Rub the seats with a sponge moistened however absolutely necessary to pre-
with a solution of water and neutral de- vent hard and/or prolonged scratch-
tergent. ing/scraping caused by clothing acces-
sories like metallic buckles, studs, Vel-
CAR
cro fixings, etc. that stressing locally
the fabric could break yarns and dam-
age the upholstery as a consequence.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
215

REAL LEATHER TRIMMED If drops of the special products used to

AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
STEERING WHEEL/ clean the windscreen should fall on the

leather steering wheel/gear lever/hand- Do not keep aerosol cans in
GEAR LEVER/HAND BRAKE the car: they might explode.
brake, remove it immediately and then
These components shall only be cleaned wash effected area with neutral soap and Aerosol cans must never be exposed
with water and neutral soap. Never use water. to a temperature above 50C. The
DEVICES
spirit or alcohol-based products. temperature inside the car exposed

SAFETY
IMPORTANT Take the utmost care when to the sun may go well beyond that
Before using special products for clean- engaging the steering lock to prevent figure.
ing interiors, read carefully label instruc- scratching the leather covering.
tions and indications to make sure they
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
are free from spirit and/or alcohol-based

substances.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
216

T E C H N I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
IDENTIFICATION DATA ................................................. 218
ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS .............. 220
DEVICES
SAFETY
ENGINE .................................................................................. 222
FUEL FEED/IGNITION ....................................................... 225
TRANSMISSION .................................................................. 225
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
BRAKES ................................................................................... 226
SUSPENSIONS....................................................................... 226
STEERING............................................................................... 226
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
WHEELS .................................................................................. 227
DIMENSIONS......................................................................... 231
PERFORMANCE ................................................................... 232
EMERGENCY
IN AN
WEIGHTS ............................................................................... 233
CAPACITIES .......................................................................... 234
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS.............................................. 236
CAR
FUEL CONSUMPTION ....................................................... 238
CO2 EMISSIONS .................................................................. 239
RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL:
TECHNICAL
MINISTERIAL HOMOLOGATION ................................. 240
INDEX
217

IDENTIFICATION DATA
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
You are advised to note the identification

codes. The identification data stamped and
given on the plates and their position are
the following fig. 1:
DEVICES
SAFETY
Model plate
Chassis marking
CORRECT USE
Bodywork paint identification plate

OF THE CAR
F0Q0736m F0Q0029m
fig. 1 fig. 2
Engine marking.
MODEL PLATE fig. 2 G Maximum vehicle weight on front axle.
The plate is to be found on the front cross- H Maximum vehicle weight on rear axle.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
member of the engine compartment and

bears the following identification data: I Engine type.
B Homologation number. L Body version code.

M Spare part code.
EMERGENCY
C Vehicle type code.

IN AN
D Chassis number. N Smoke opacity index (for diesel en-

gines).
E Maximum vehicle weight fully loaded.
F Maximum vehicle weight fully loaded

with trailer.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
218

ENGINE MARKING
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Engine marking is stamped on the cylinder
block and includes the model and the
chassis number.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0667m
fig. 3 fig. 4 F0Q0100m
CHASSIS MARKING BODYWORK PAINT

It is printed on the passenger compart- IDENTIFICATION PLATE fig. 4
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ment floor, near the right-hand front seat. The plate is applied inside the bonnet and
It can be reached by sliding forth the lid it bears the following data:
A-fig. 3. A - Paint manufacturer.
EMERGENCY
It bears the following data: B - Colour name.
IN AN
car model (ZFA 198000); C - Fiat colour code.
chassis number. D - Respray and touch up code.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
219

ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Engine code Bodywork version
1.4 16V 192B2000 198AXA1B 00E ()

1.4 T-JET 120HP 198A4000 198AXGIB 06G ()
DEVICES
SAFETY
198AXGIB 06H () ()

1.4 T-JET 150HP 198A1000 198AXF1B 05E
198AXF1B 05F ()
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
1.4 Turbo Multi Air 198A7000 198AXSIB 15 ()

198AXSIB 15B () ()
1.6 Multijet 90HP () 198A6000 198AXM1B 09 (*)
198AXM1B 09B (*) ()
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
1.6 Multijet 105HP 198A3000 198AXHIB 07L ()

198AXHIB 07M () ()
198AXH1B 07C (**)
198AXH1B 07D (**) ()
EMERGENCY
198AXH1B 07E (*)

IN AN
198AXH1B 07F (*) ()

198AXHIB 07G ()
198AXHIB 07H () ()
1.6 Multijet 120HP 198A2000 198AXL1B 08E ()

CAR
198AXL1B 08F () ()

198AXL1B 08 (**)
198AXL1B 08B (**) ()
TECHNICAL
() Versions with DPF

() Versions without DPF
() Versions with option of 18 tyres
(*) ECO 119 g CO2 versions
INDEX
(**) EURO 4 with DPF versions

() For versions/markets, where provided
() EURO 5 versions
220

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Engine code Bodywork version
1.9 Multijet 8V () 192A8000 198AXB1A 01 ()

198AXB1A 01C ()
DEVICES
SAFETY
198AXB1A 01B () ()
198AXB1A 01D () ()
1.9 Multijet 16V () 937A5000 198AXC1B 02 ()
198AXC1B 02C ()
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
198AXC1B 02B () ()
198AXC1B 02D () ()
1.9 Multijet 8V () 192B4000 198AXD1A 03 ()
198AXD1A 03C ()
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
198AXD1A 03B () ()
198AXD1A 03D () ()
1.9 Multijet 8V () 192B5000 198AXE1A 04 ()
198AXE1A 04C ()
EMERGENCY
198AXE1A 04B () ()
IN AN
198AXE1A 04D () ()
2.0 Multijet 198A5000 198AXNIB 12 (**) - 198AXNIB 12C ()
198AXNIB 12B () (**) - 198AXNIB 12D () ()
CAR
2.0 Multijet () 844A2000 198AXPIB 13C ()
198AXPIB 13D () ()
198AXPIB 13 (**)
198AXPIB 13B (**) ()
TECHNICAL
() Versions with DPF
() Versions without DPF
() Versions with option of 18 tyres
INDEX
() EURO 5 versions
221

ENGINE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
GENERAL 1.4 16V 1.4 T-JET 1.4 T-JET 1.4 Turbo

120 HP 150 HP Multi Air
DEVICES
198A7000
SAFETY
Engine code 192B2000 198A4000 198A1000
Cycle Otto Otto Otto Otto
4 in line 4 in line 4 in line

CORRECT USE
Number and layout of cylinders 4 in line

OF THE CAR
Piston bore and stroke mm 72.0 x 84,0 72.0 x 84.0 72.0 x 84.0 72.0 x 84.0
Total displacement cm3 1368 1368 1368 1368

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Compression ratio 11 9.8 9.8 9.8
Maximum power (EEC) kW 66 88 110 103

HP 90 120 150 140
EMERGENCY
corresponding ratio rpm 5500 5000 5500 5000

IN AN
Maximum torque (EEC) Nm 128 206 206 230

kgm 13 21 21 23.4
Spark plugs
CAR
NGK NGK NGK IKR9F8 NGK IKR9F8

DCPR7E-N-10 DCPR7E-N-10
Fuel Unleaded petrol Unleaded petrol Unleaded petrol Unleaded petrol

TECHNICAL
95 RON 95 RON 95 RON 95 RON

(Specification (Specification (Specification (Specification
EN228) EN228) EN228) EN228)
INDEX
222

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
GENERAL 1.6 Multijet 1.6 Multijet 1.6 Multijet 1.9
90 HP () 105 HP 120 HP Multijet 8V (*)
DEVICES
SAFETY
Engine code 198A6000 198A3000 198A2000 192A8000
Cycle Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel
4 in line 4 in line
CORRECT USE
Number and layout of cylinders 4 in line 4 in line
OF THE CAR
Piston bore and stroke mm 79.5 x 80.5 79.5 x 80.5 79.5 x 80.5 82.0 x 90.4
Total displacement cm3 1598 1598 1598 1910
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Compression ratio 16.5 16.5 16.5 18
Maximum power (EEC) kW 66 77 88 88

HP 90 105 120 120
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Maximum torque (EEC) Nm 290 290 300 255
kgm 29.5 29.5 30.6 26
Spark plugs
CAR
_ _ _ _
Fuel Diesel fuel for Diesel fuel for Diesel fuel for Diesel fuel for
TECHNICAL
motor vehicles motor vehicles motor vehicles motor vehicles
(Specification (Specification (Specification (Specification
EN590) EN590) EN590) EN590)
() Versions for specific markets
INDEX
(*) For versions/markets, where provided
223

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
GENERAL 2.0 2.0

1.9 1.9 1.9
Multijet 16V (*) Multijet 8V ()(*) Multijet 8V ()(*) Multijet Multijet ()
DEVICES
SAFETY
Engine code 937A5000 192B5000 192B4000 198A5000 844A2000

Cycle Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel
Number and layout of cylinders 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Piston bore and stroke mm 82.0 x 90.4 82.0 x 90.4 82.0 x 90.4 83.0 x 90.4 83.0 x 90.4
Total displacement cm3 1910 1910 1910 1956 1956

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Compression ratio 17.5 18 18 16.5 16.5

Maximum power (EEC) kW 110 66 85 121 121
HP 150 90 115 165 163
corresponding ratio rpm
EMERGENCY
4000 4000 4000 4000 4000

IN AN
Maximum torque (EEC) Nm 305 255 255 360 360

kgm 31 26 26 36.7 36.7
corresponding ratio rpm 2000 2000 2000 1750 1750
Spark plugs
CAR
Diesel fuel for Diesel fuel for Diesel fuel for Diesel fuel for Diesel fuel for
Fuel
motor vehicles motor vehicles motor vehicles motor vehicles motor vehicles
TECHNICAL
(Specification (Specification (Specification (Specification (Specification

EN590) EN590) EN590) EN590) EN590)
() Versions for specific markets

INDEX
(*) For versions/markets, where provided
224

FUEL FEED/IGNITION
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
1.4 16V 1.4 T-JET 1.6 Multijet - 1.9 Multijet 8V
1.4 Turbo Multi Air 1.9 Multijet 16V - 2.0 Multijet
DEVICES
SAFETY
Fuel feed Multipoint sequential Multipoint sequential phased Direct injection with
phased electronic injection electronic injection with electronically controlled
returnless system turbosupercharger Multijet Common Rail
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
and intercooler turbosupercharger
and intercooler
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
TRANSMISSION
1.4 16V - 1.4 T-JET - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air - 1.6 Multijet - 1.9 Multijet 8V
EMERGENCY
1.9 Multijet 16V - 2.0 Multijet
IN AN
Gearbox Six forward gears and reverse Five forward gears and reverse
with synchromesh for with synchromesh for
forward gear engagement forward gear engagement
CAR
Clutch Self-adjusting pedal Self-adjusting pedal
without idle stroke without idle stroke
Drive Front Front
TECHNICAL
Modifications or repairs to the fuel system that are not carried out properly or do not take the systems techni-
INDEX
cal specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading to the risk of fire.
225

BRAKES
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
1.4 16V - 1.4 T-JET - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air - 1.6 Multijet -
1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V - 2.0 Multijet
Service brakes:
DEVICES
SAFETY
front Disc, self-ventilating

rear Disc
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Parking brake Controlled by hand lever, it works on the rear brakes
IMPORTANT Water, ice and antifreeze salt on roads may deposit on the brake discs thus reducing braking efficiency
at first braking.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
SUSPENSIONS
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Front McPherson independent wheels

Rear Interconnected wheels with twisting axle

CAR
STEERING
TECHNICAL
Type Rack and pinion with electric power steering

INDEX
Minimum steering cycle m 10.4 (11.0 with 18 alloy wheel option)
226

WHEELS Load rating
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
60 = 250 kg 84 = 500 kg
RIMS AND TYRES 61 = 257 kg 85 = 515 kg
Pressed steel or alloy rims. Tubeless tyres 62 = 265 kg 86 = 530 kg
with radial carcass. The homologated
DEVICES
SAFETY
63 = 272 kg 87 = 545 kg
tyres are listed in the Log book.
64 = 280 kg 88 = 560 kg
IMPORTANT In the event of discrepan-
cies between the information provided on 65 = 290 kg 89 = 580 kg
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0200m
this Owner handbook and the Log fig. 5 66 = 300 kg 90 = 600 kg
book, consider the specifications shown 67 = 307 kg 91 = 615 kg
in the log book only. UNDERSTANDING TYRE
MARKING fig. 5 68 = 315 kg 92 = 630 kg
Attaining to the prescribed size, to ensure
LIGHTS AND
69 = 325 kg 93 = 650 kg
MESSAGES
WARNING
safety of the car in movement, it must be
fitted with tyres of the same make and Example: 195/65 R 15 91T 70 = 335 kg 94 = 670 kg
type on all wheels.
195 = Nominal width (S, distance be- 71 = 345 kg 95 = 690 kg
IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubes tween sidewalls in mm). 72 = 355 kg 96 = 710 kg
EMERGENCY
with Tubeless tyres.
IN AN
65 = Percentage height/width ratio 73 = 365 kg 97 = 730 kg
(H/S).
SPARE WHEEL 74 = 375 kg 98 = 750 kg
R = Radial tyre. 75 = 387 kg 99 = 775 kg
Pressed steel rim. Tubeless tyre.
15 = Rim diameter in inches (). 76 = 400 kg 100 = 800 kg
CAR
WHEEL GEOMETRY 91 = Load rating. 77 = 412 kg 101 = 825 kg
Front wheel toe-in measured from rim to T = Maximum speed rating. 78 = 425 kg 102 = 850 kg
rim: 1 1 mm.
TECHNICAL
79 = 437 kg 103 = 875 kg
The values refer to the car in running or-
der. 80 = 450 kg 104 = 900 kg
81 = 462 kg 105 = 925 kg
82 = 475 kg 106 = 950 kg
INDEX
83 = 487 kg
227

Maximum speed rating UNDERSTANDING RIM

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Q = up to 160 km/h. MARKING fig. 5
R = up to 170 km/h. Example: 6J x 15 H2 ET 31.5

S = up to 180 km/h. 6 = rim width in inches (1).
DEVICES
SAFETY
T = up to 190 km/h. J = rim drop center outline (side

U = up to 200 km/h. projection where the tyre bead
rests) (2).
H = up to 210 km/h.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
15 = rim nominal diameter in inches fig. 6 F0Q0760m
V = up to 240 km/h. (corresponds to diameter of the

tyre to be mounted) (3 = ). RIM PROTECTOR TYRES fig. 6
W = up to 270 km/h.
H2 = hump shape and number (relief
Y = up to 300 km/h.
LIGHTS AND
on the circumference holding the

MESSAGES
WARNING
Tubeless tyre bead on the rim). WARNING

ET 31.5 = wheel camber angle (distance If after-sale tyres with rim
Maximum speed rating between the disc/rim support- protector are used (fig. 6)
for snow tyres and the car has integral cups fixed (by
EMERGENCY
ing plane and the wheel rim cen-

springs) to the sheet wheel, DO NOT
IN AN
QM + S = up to 160 km/h. tre line).

fit wheel cups. The use of unsuitable
TM + S = up to 190 km/h. tyres and wheel cups could cause a
sudden pressure loss of the tyre.
HM + S = up to 210 km/h.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
228

VERSIONS RIMS TYRES SPACE-SAVER SPARE WHEEL
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Standard tyres Snow tyres Rim Tyre
6J x 15 ET 31.5 195/65 R15 91H 195/65 R15 91T (M+S)
() ()
7J x 16 ET 31 205/55 R16 91H 205/55 R16 91T (M+S)
DEVICES
SAFETY
1.4 16V
7J x 17 ET 31 225/45 R17 91W 225/45 R17 91T (M+S) 7J x 16 ET 31 205/55 R16 91H (**)
CORRECT USE
6J x 15 ET 31.5 195/65 R15 91H 195/65 R15 91T (M+S)
OF THE CAR
() ()
1.4 T-JET 120 HP 7J x 16 ET 31 205/55 R16 91H 205/55 R16 91T (M+S)
1.4 Turbo Multi Air
1.6 Multijet 7J x 17 ET 31 225/45 R17 91W 225/45 R17 91T (M+S)
1.9 Multijet 8V 1 7J x 16 ET 31 205/55 R16 91H (**)
7 / J x 18 ET 35
2 225/40 R18 92V (*) 225/40 R18 92T (M+S)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
REINFORCED
6J x 15 ET 31.5 195/65 R15 91V 195/65 R15 91T (M+S)
7J x 16 ET 31 205/55 R16 91V 205/55 R16 91T (M+S) () ()
1.4 T-JET 150 HP
1.9 Multijet 16V 7J x 17 ET 31 225/45 R17 91W 225/45 R17 91T (M+S)
EMERGENCY
2.0 Multijet 7J x 16 ET 31 205/55 R16 91H (**)
71/2 J x 18 ET 35 225/40 R18 92V (*) 225/40 R18 92T (M+S)
IN AN
REINFORCED
() On versions equipped with 195/65 R15 and 205/55 R16 tyres, a normal sized tyre may be ordered as an alternative to the small spare
wheel.
CAR
(*) Tyres cannot be fitted with chains.
(**) The 205/55 R16 91H tyre has the same characteristics of the spare tyre: the texts and the warnings contained in the paragraph If a tyre
is punctured are referred to the 205/55 R16 91H tyre.
TECHNICAL
IMPORTANT The use of 225/40 R18 92V REINFORCED tyres requires specific technical measures to be adopted. For this reason, this tyre
may only be ordered at the time of vehicle purchase. Do not install this tyre after vehicle purchase!
INDEX
229

COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
STANDARD TYRES
Size Medium load Full load
Front Rear Front Rear
DEVICES
SAFETY
195/65 R15 91H 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6

1.4 16V 205/55 R16 91H 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6
CORRECT USE
225/45 R17 91W 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6

OF THE CAR
195/65 R15 91H 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6

1.4 T-JET 120 HP
1.4 Turbo Multi Air 205/55 R16 91H 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6
1.6 Multijet
LIGHTS AND
225/45 R17 91W 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6

MESSAGES
WARNING
1.9 Multijet 8V
225/40 R18 92V 2.6 2.6 2.9 2.9
195/65 R15 91V 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6
EMERGENCY
1.4 T-JET 150HP 205/55 R16 91V 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6
IN AN
1.9 Multijet 16V

2.0 Multijet 225/45 R17 91W 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6
225/40 R18 92V 2.6 2.6 2.9 2.9
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.
CAR
With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.
When running at speed higher than 160 km/h, inflate tyres at full load inflation values.
T.P.M.S. system not available for tyre 195/65 R15 91H
TECHNICAL
INDEX
230

DIMENSIONS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Dimensions are expressed in mm and
refer to the car fitted with standard tyres.
The height refers to the car unladen.
DEVICES
SAFETY
BOOT VOLUME
Unladen boot volume
(V.D.A. standards) ...................... 400 dm3
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
with Cargo Box (for versions/markets,
where provided) located in the luggage
compartment.
LIGHTS AND
Extended boot volume with rear seat back
MESSAGES
WARNING
folded: 1175 dm3 with Cargo Box
located in the luggage compartment.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
F0Q0003m
CAR
A B C D E F G H
TECHNICAL
1538 1532
4336 974 2600 762 1498 1530 () 1792 1524 ()
1548 ()
Track measurements may vary according to rim size.
INDEX
() With 18 alloy wheel option.
() Versions with 17 rims
231

PERFORMANCE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Top admitted speed after initial car use in km/h.
1.4 16V 1.4 T-JET 1.4 T-JET 1.4 Turbo 1.6 Multijet 1.6 Multijet 1.6 Multijet
DEVICES
SAFETY
120 HP 150 HP Multi Air 90 HP (*) 105 HP 120 HP
179 197 212 204 173 187 195

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
(*) Versions for specific markets

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V 2.0 Multijet
120 HP 90 HP 115 HP (*)
194 174 190 209 215

EMERGENCY
IN AN
(*) Versions for specific markets

TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
232

WEIGHTS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
1.4 16V 1.4 T-JET 1.4 T-JET 1.6 Multijet 1.9 Multijet 1.9 Multijet 2.0 Multijet
150HP 120HP 8V 16V
Weights (kg)
1.4 Turbo
Multi Air
DEVICES
SAFETY
Kerb weight
(including all fluids, fuel tank
at 90% and with no optional) 1205 1275 1260 1320 1320 1360 1360
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Payload (*) including the driver: 510 510 510 510 510 510 510
Maximum admitted loads (**)

front axle: 1000 1000 1000 1060 1060 1060 1060
LIGHTS AND
860 860 860 860 860
MESSAGES
WARNING
rear axle: 860 860
total: 1715 1785 1770 1830 1830 1870 1870
Towable loads
1000 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300
EMERGENCY
trailer with brakes:
500 500 500 500 500
IN AN
trailer without brakes: 500 500
Maximum load on roof (***): 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
Maximum load on tow hitch
60 60 60 60 60 60 60
CAR
(trailer with brakes):
(*) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen car weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
TECHNICAL
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot an/or on the roof so that they com-
ply with these limits.
(***) Lineaccessori Fiat roof rack, max capacity: 50 kg.
INDEX
233

CAPACITIES
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
1.4 16V 1.4 T-JET 1.4 Turbo Recommended fuels and

Multi Air genuine lubricants
DEVICES
SAFETY
litres kg litres kg litres kg

Fuel tank: 57 57 57 Unleaded petrol
including a reserve of: 8-10 8-10 8-10 with no less than 95 R.O.N
CORRECT USE
(Specification EN228)
OF THE CAR
Engine cooling system Mixture of 50% demineralised water

with climate control: 5.2 4.6 6.0 5.3 6.0 5.3 and 50% PARAFLUUP ()
Engine sump: 2.75 2.3 2.75 2.3 3.1 2.6 SELENIA K P.E.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Engine sump and filter: 2.9 2.5 2.9 2.5 3.5 3.0
Gearbox/differential casing: 1.87 1.6 2.4 2.1 1.99 1.7 TUTELA CAR TECHNYX
TUTELA CAR MATRYX ()
TUTELA TRANSMISSION
EMERGENCY
GEARFORCE ()
IN AN
Hydraulic brake circuit

with ABS: 0.56 0.525 0.56 0.525 0.56 0.525 TUTELA TOP 4
Windscreen / Mixture of water and

CAR
rear window / headlight TUTELA

washer fluid reservoir: (*) 3 (6) 2.7 (5.3) 3 (6) 2.7 (5.3) 3 (6) 2.7 (5.3) PROFESSIONAL SC 35
TECHNICAL
(*) The values in brackets refer to versions with headlight washers.

() 1.4 T-JET 150HP versions
() 1.4 T-JET 120HP and 1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions
() For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralized water mixture.
INDEX
234

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
1.6 Multijet 1.9 Multijet 2.0 Multijet Recommended fuels and
genuine lubricants
DEVICES
SAFETY
litres kg litres kg litres kg
Fuel tank: 57 57 57 Diesel fuel for motor vehicles
including a reserve of: 8-10 8-10 8-10 (Specification EN590)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Engine cooling system Mixture of 50% demineralised
with climate control: 7.1 6.3 7.1 6.3 7.1 6.3 water and 50% PARAFLUUP ()
Engine sump: 4.3 3.6 4.3 3.6 4.3 3.6 SELENIA WR P.E.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Engine sump and filter: 4.6 3.9 4.6 3.9 4.9 4.1
Gearbox/differential casing: 1.87 1.6 1.76 () 1.5 () 3.1 2.7 TUTELA CAR TECHNYX
1.87 () 1.6 () TUTELA CAR MATRYX ()
EMERGENCY
Hydraulic brake circuit
IN AN
with ABS: 0.56 0.525 0.56 0.525 0.56 0.525 TUTELA TOP 4
Windscreen / Mixture of water and
rear window / headlight TUTELA
washer fluid reservoir: (*) 3 (6) 2.7 (5.3) 3 (6) 2.7 (5.3) 3 (6) 2.7 (5.3) PROFESSIONAL SC 35
CAR
(*) The values in brackets refer to versions with headlight washers.
()
TECHNICAL
1.9 Multijet 8v version
() 1.9 Multijet 16v version
() 2.0 Multijet version
INDEX
235

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND THEIR SPECIFICATIONS
Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Genuine fluids Change

DEVICES
SAFETY
for correct car operation and lubricants intervals

CORRECT USE
Oils for petrol SAE 5W-40, ACEA C3 grade totally synthetic lubricant SELENIA K P.E. Second yearly
OF THE CAR
engines FIAT 9.55535-S2 qualification. Contractual Technical service schedule

Reference N F603.C07
SAE 5W-30 grade totally synthetic lubricant SELENIA WR P.E. Second yearly
LIGHTS AND
Oils for diesel FIAT 9.55535-S1 qualification.

MESSAGES
WARNING
engines Contractual Technical service schedule

Reference N F510.D07
EMERGENCY
For diesel engines, in emergency cases where genuine products are not available, lubricants with min. performance ACEA C2 are
IN AN
accepted. If this is the case, the best engine performance is guaranteed. We however recommend replacing the lubricant with
those recommended by Fiat Dealership.
The use of products with characteristics inferior to ACEA C3, for petrol engines, and ACEA C2, for diesel engines, could cause dam-
age to the engine, not covered by the warranty.

CAR
For petrol versions with Multi Air system, the use of lubricants with features below ACEA C3 and SAE grade other than 5W-40
could cause damage to the engine, not covered by the warranty.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
236

Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Genuine fluids Applications
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
for correct car operation and lubricants
Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85 TUTELA CAR Mechanic gearboxes
that passes API GL-4 PLUS specifications. TECHNYX and differentials
Qualification FIAT 9.55550-MX3. Contractual Technical
DEVICES
SAFETY
Reference N F010.B05
Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W TUTELA TRANMISSION Mechanical gearbox and
Qualification FIAT 9.55550-MZ6 GEARFORCE differential (1.4 T-JET 120HP
Contractual Technical and 1.4 Turbo Multi Air
CORRECT USE
versions)
OF THE CAR
Lubricants Reference N F002.F10
and greases for Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85 that passes TUTELA CAR MATRYX Mechanical gearbox and
transmissions API GL-4 specifications. Contractual Technical differential (1.4 T-JET 150HP
Qualification FIAT 9.55550-MZ1 Reference NF108.F02 and 2.0 Multijet versions)
LIGHTS AND
Specifc grease to be used for constant-velocity joints with TUTELA STAR 700 CV joints on differential side
MESSAGES
WARNING
low friction coefficient. N.L.G.I. 0-1 consistency. Contractual Technical
Qualification FIAT 9.55580. Reference NF701.C07
Grease containing Molybdenum bisulphide for high TUTELA ALL STAR CV joints on wheel side
temperature appliances. N.L.G.I. 1-2 consistency. Contractual Technical
EMERGENCY
Qualification FIAT 9.55580. Reference NF702.G07
IN AN
Synthetic fluid for brake and clutch system. Exceeds TUTELA TOP 4 Hydraulic brakes and clutch
Brake fluid specifications: FMVSS no. 116 DOT 4, ISO 4925, SAE J 1704. Contractual Technical hydraulic controls
Qualification FIAT 9.55597. Reference NF001.A93
Protective with antifreeze action, red colour based on PARAFLUUP () Radiator antifreeze
Protective
CAR
inhibited monoethylen glycol and organic formula, that Contractual Technical proportion:
agent passes CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306 specifications. Reference NF101.M01 50% water and
for radiators Qualification FIAT 9.55523. 50% PARAFLUUP ()
Additive for diesel fuels with protective action for Diesel TUTELA DIESEL ART To be used diluted
TECHNICAL
Fuel additivel engines. Contractual Technical or undiluted
Reference NF601.L06
Windscreen/ Mixture of alcohol and surfactants. TUTELA To be mixed with diesel fuel
rear window/ That passes CUNA NC 956-11. PROFESSIONAL SC 35 (25 cc per 10 litres)
headlight Qualification FIAT 9.55522. Contractual Technical
INDEX
washer fluid Reference N F201.D02
() IMPORTANT Do not add or mix fluids having different specifications from that already existing.
237

FUEL CONSUMPTION extra-urban cycle: frequent acceler- IMPORTANT The type of route, traffic
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
ating in all gears, simulating extraurban situations, weather conditions, driving

The fuel consumption figures given in the use of the car; the speed varies be- style, general conditions of the car, trim
table below are determined on the basis tween 0 and 120 km/h; level/equipment/accessories, load, climate
control system, roof rack, other situations
of the homologation tests set down by combined consumption: is calculat- that affect air drag may lead to different
specific European Directives. ed weighing about 37% of urban cycle
DEVICES
SAFETY
fuel consumption levels than those mea-

The procedures below are followed for consumption and about 63% of ex- sured.
measuring consumption: traurban consumption.
urban cycle: cold starting followed by
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
driving that simulates urban use of the

car;
FUEL CONSUMPTION ACCORDING TO EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE IN FORCE (litres / 100 km)

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
1.4 16V 1.4 T JET 1.4 T-JET 1.4 Turbo 1.6 Multijet 1.6 Multijet
120 HP 150 HP Multi Air 90 HP () 105 HP
EMERGENCY
Urban 8.1 8.1 8.7 7.3 5.6 6.1 (**) 5.8 (*)
IN AN
Extra-urban 5.2 5.2 5.3 4.8 3.7 4.0 (**) 3.8 (*)
Combined 6.3 6.3 6.6 5.7 4.4 4.8 (**) 4.5 (*)
CAR
1.6 Multijet 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 8V 90 HP () 1.9 Multijet 16V 2.0 Multijet
120 HP 1.9 Multijet 8V 115 HP ()
TECHNICAL
Urban 6.1 6.9 6.8 7.6 6.9

Extra-urban 4.0 4.3 4.2 4.5 4.3
Combined 4.8 5.3 5.2 5.6 5.3

INDEX

(**) Euro 4 with DPF versions
238

CO2 EMISSIONS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
The CO2 emission levels at the exhaust given in the following tables refer to combined consumption.
CO2 EMISSIONS ACCORDING TO EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE IN FORCE (g/km)
DEVICES
SAFETY
1.4 16V 1.4 T-JET 1.4 T-JET 1.4 Turbo Multi Air 1.6 Multijet 1.6 Multijet
120 HP 150 HP 90 HP () 105 HP
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
146 146 155 132 115 125 (**) / 119 (*)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
1.6 Multijet 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 8V 90 HP () 1.9 Multijet 16V 2.0 Multijet
120 HP 1.9 Multijet 8V 115 HP ()
125 139 137 149 139
CAR
TECHNICAL
INDEX
239

RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: Ministerial homologation

AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
240

217-248 BRAVO GB.qxd:213-236 BRAVO GB

11-04-2011
12:04
Pagina 241
INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD

241 SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS
MESSAGES
PROVISIONS FOR THE PROCESSING OF A VEHICLE

AT THE END OF ITS LIFE-CYCLE
For years now Fiat has been developing its global commitment towards the safeguarding and protection of the Environment through
the continuous improvement of its production processes and the making of increasingly more eco friendly products. With a view
to guaranteeing the best possible service to clients in full observance of environmental standards and in response to the obligations
imposed by European Directive 2000/53/EC on end-of-life vehicles, Fiat offers its clients the possibility to hand in their vehicle* at
the end of its life span without additional costs.
The European Directive, in fact, provides for the take-back of the vehicle without the last holder or owner of the same incurring
expenses due to the fact that the market value of the vehicle is zero or negative. In particular, in almost all of the countries of the
European Union, up until 1st January 2007, take-back of the vehicle free of charge only applies to vehicles registered from 1 July 2002
on, while, from 2007 on, take-back will be carried out free of charge, independently of the year of registration, provided that the
vehicle still contains all its essential component parts (especially engine and body) and is free from additional waste materials.
Our contracted network of authorised treatment facilities has been carefully selected in order to provide a quality service to our
customers by de-polluting and recycling End of Life Vehicles to approved environmental standards. To find out the location of your
nearest authorised treatment facility, offering free of charge take-back, simply contact one of our dealers or refer to the Fiat web
site or call the toll free number 00800 3428 0000.
* Passenger transportation vehicles to seat a max. of nine persons, having a total admissible weight of 3.5 t

In the heart of your engine.
Always ask your mechanic for
Pagine_ITA.indd 1 18-05-2005 11:53:40

Oil change? The experts recommend Selenia
The engine of your car is factory filled with Selenia.

This is an engine oil range which satisfies the most advanced
international specifications. Its superior technical characteristics
allow Selenia to guarantee the highest performance
and protection of your engine.
The Selenia range includes a number of technologically advanced products:

SELENIA K PURE ENERGY SELENIA MULTIPOWER
Synthetic lubricant designed for latest generation, low Particularly ideal for the protection of new generation petrol
emission, petrol engines. Its specific formulation warrants engines, very effective even in the most severe weather
the utmost protection also for high performance conditions. It guarantees a reduction in fuel consumption
turbocharged engines with high thermal stress. (Energy conserving) and it is also ideal for alternative
Its low ash content helps to maintain the total cleanliness engines.
of modern catalysts.
SELENIA SPORT
SELENIA WR PURE ENERGY Fully synthetic lubricant capable of meeting the needs of
Fully synthetic lubricant that can meet the requirements of high performance engines.
the latest diesel engines. Low ash content to protect the Studied to protect the engine also in high thermal stress
particulate filter from the residual products of combustion. conditions, it prevents deposits on the turbine to achieve
High Fuel Economy System that allows the utmost performance in total safety.
considerable fuel saving.
It reduces the danger of dirtying the turbine to ensure the The range also includes Selenia StAR Pure Energy, Selenia
protection of increasingly high performance diesel Racing, Selenia K, Selenia WR, Selenia 20K, Selenia 20K AR.
engines For further information on Selenia products visit the web site
www.selenia.com.
Pagine_ITA.indd 4 18-05-2005 11:54:19

DASHBOARD
The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the versions.
RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSIONS

F0Q0005m
fig. 1
1. Adjustable and swivel air vent - 2. Side window air vent - 3. Front passenger air bag - 4. Adjustable and swivel air vents - 5. Haz-
ard light switch - 6. External light stalk - 7. Instrument panel - 8. Windscreen/rear window wiper/trip computer stalk - 9. Bonnet
opening lever - 10. Glovebox - 11. Ignition key and ignition device - 12. Steering wheel locking/release stalk - 13. Drivers air bag
- 14. Drivers knees air bag (for versions/markets, where provided) - 15. Set of switches for front/rear fog lights and menu open-
ing/setting 16. Controls for heating/ventilation/climate control - 17. Sound system controls - 18. Set of ON/OFF switches for elec-
tric power steering and ASR system (for versions/markets, where provided) - 19. Oddment compartment
245

INSTRUMENT PANEL Versions with multifunction display

light
D Rev counter
versions only
On diesel versions the rev counter

end scale value is 6000 rpm.
F0Q0006m
fig. 2
Sport versions with multifunction

display
light
D Rev counter
versions only
F0Q0007m On diesel versions the rev counter
fig. 3
246

Versions with reconfigurable

light
D Rev counter
versions only F0Q0008m

On diesel versions the rev counter fig. 4
Sport versions with reconfigurable

light
D Rev counter
versions only
On diesel versions the rev counter F0Q0009m
247

NOTES

INDEX
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
ABS (system) ...................................... 86 recharge........................................... 189 Cargo Box....................................... 82
DEVICES
replacement.................................... 207 extending the boot........................ 80
SAFETY
Additional heater........................ 46-49
Air filter/Pollen filter ........................... 207 tips for extending battery life .... 208 luggage transport warnings.......... 82
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Air recirculation ........................ 46-49-53 Body paintwork identification plate 219 lighting.............................................. 178
Air vents ............................................... 44 Body versions ....................................... 220 locking/unlocking from the inside 79
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Alarm system........................................ 16 Body opening/closing ............................. 79
AQS (Air Quality System) function... 53 body version codes ...................... 222 opening with remote control .... 79
EMERGENCY
Ashtray................................................... 69 cleaning, care and maintenance . 212 rear parcel shelf ............................. 81
IN AN
ASR (system) ........................................ 89 Boot courtesy light securing your load ........................ 82
Automatic dual zone climate bulb replacement........................... 178 Brake Assist (system).......................... 87
CAR
control system................................... 50
Boot extension .................................... 79 Brake fluid
Automatic headlight (dusk sensor) .. 57
TECHNICAL
Boot light checking levels and topping up .. 200
Battery.................................................. 79 bulb replacement........................... 178 specifications................................... 237
INDEX
jump starting .................................. 158 Boot Brake lights
maintenance .................................. 207 capacity .......................... 231-234-235 bulb replacement........................... 174

249

Brakes Car performance ................................. 232 suitability for using child seats ... 120
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
brake fluid (type) ........................... 237 Car radio wiring system..................... 97 Cigarette lighter .................................. 69
checking levels and topping up .. 200 Cargo Box............................................. 82 CITY function....................................... 99

DEVICES
SAFETY
handbrake........................................ 135 Carrying children safely ..................... 117 Cleaning and maintenance
technical specifications ................. 226 Isofix child seat capability ........... 122 bodywork........................................ 219
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Bulb replacement Catalytic converter ............................ 110 engine compartment .................... 214
bulb types ....................................... 170 Central locking .................................... 74 front headlights .............................. 214
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
exterior .......................................... 172 interiors........................................... 215

Changing a wheel ................................ 159
interior ........................................... 177 seats.................................................. 215
general information and
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Bulbs warnings ......................................... 159 windows ................................ 58-214

bulb types ....................................... 170 tyre and wheel types .................... 229 Climate control system ..................... 43
general information tyre inflation pressure .................. 230

CAR
Clock adjustment................................. 30
on replacement ............................. 169
Chassis marking .................................. 219 Clutch ................................................... 225
TECHNICAL
Car dimensions .................................. 231 Checking fluid levels............................ 200 CO2 emissions .................................... 239
Car identification data ....................... 218 Child safety device............................... 75 CODE Card ......................................... 10
INDEX
Car inactivity ....................................... 142 Child seats Control buttons .................................. 65
Car maintenance ............................ 193 capability for child seat ................ 122 Correct use of the car .................. 131
250

Coolant maximum temperature windscreen and front side locking/unlocking from
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
warning light....................................... 21 windows ................................ 45-48-52 the inside ......................................... 12
Courtesy lights ..................................... 71 Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) .......... 110 rear door locking device ............ 76
DEVICES
SAFETY
bulb replacement........................... 179 remote control ............................. 11
Dipped beam headlights
Cruise Control..................................... 61 remote door
alignment ......................................... 85
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Current socket ................................... 69 opening/closing ..................... 11-12
bulb replacement........................... 172
"Dualdrive" electric power steering.. 99
Dashboard .......................................... 5 switching on.................................... 56
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
CITY function................................. 99
Dashboard and controls ............. 4 Direction indicators
SPORT function ............................ 100
Defrosting-demisting front bulb replacement................. 172
EMERGENCY
IN AN
door mirrors ....................... 46-48-52 rear bulb replacement .................. 174 Electric windows ..................... 76-77
rear windscreen .................. 46-48-52
side bulb replacement................... 173 Electrical/electronic devices ............. 99
CAR
windscreen and front side
switching on.................................... 56 Emergency starting .................... 134-158
windows ................................ 45-48-52
bump starting ................................ 158
TECHNICAL
Door lock .................................... 11-12
Demanding use of the car.................. 199
Demisting/defrosting Doors jump starting .................................. 158
central locking ...................... 12-74 Engine bonnet....................................... 82
INDEX
door mirrors ....................... 46-48-52
rear windscreen .................. 46-48-52 child safety device.......................... 75 Engine codes/body versions .............. 222
251

Engine compartment Engine oil Fiat CODE system ............................

AND CONTROLS
8
DASHBOARD
checking fluid levels ...................... 200 checking levels and topping up .. 200 "Fix&Go Automatic"
opening/closing the bonnet ......... 83 consumption .................................. 205 quick tyre repair kit.......................... 165
DEVICES
SAFETY
specifications................................... 236 Flashings (main beam headlights) .... 56

washing ........................................... 213
Engine starting ..................................... 132 Fluids and lubricants .................. 236-237
Engine coolant
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
bump starting ................................ 158 Fog lights

checking levels and topping up .. 200
emergency starting ............. 134-158
alignment ......................................... 85
specifications................................... 237
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ignition switch ............................... 19

temperature gauge and
jump starting .................................. 158
warning light ................................... 21 switching on.................................... 65
EMERGENCY
stopping the engine ...................... 134

IN AN
Engine coolant (fluid) Follow Me Home (device) ................ 57

warming up the engine ................ 134
checking levels and topping up .. 200 Front air bags ...................................... 124
Engine
specifications................................... 237 deactivation..................................... 126

CAR
identification codes ....................... 220

Engine coolant temperature gauge .. 21 driver's air bags ............................. 124
marking ............................................ 219
TECHNICAL
Engine cooling driver's knee protecting air bag.. 125

technical data............... 221-222-223
checking levels and topping up .. 200 EOBD (system) .................................... 96 passenger air bags ........................ 125
INDEX
specifications................................... 237 ESP (system) ........................................ 88 Front courtesy light ........................... 63
Engine marking .................................... 219 Exterior lights ............................. 56-57 bulb replacement........................... 177
252

Front fog lights Fuel lock Fuses
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
bulb replacement........................... 174 switch............................................... 65 fuse location
(control units)............... 181-182-183
switching on.................................... 65 system .............................................. 66
DEVICES
SAFETY
general information
Front seats ............................................ 38
Fuel reserve warning light ................. 21 and warnings ................................. 180
adjusments ...................................... 38
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Fuel reserve................................. 234-235
armrest ........................................... 67 Gear lever............................................ 136
Fuel tank (capacity) ............................ 234
cleaning ........................................... 215 Gear Shift Indicator ............................ 26
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Fuel Gearbox ............................................... 136
headrest........................................... 40
automatic cut-off switch ............. 66 technical specifications ................. 225
heating ............................................ 39
EMERGENCY
consumption .................................. 238 Glass holder.......................................... 70
IN AN
with electric adjustment .............. 39
fuel cut-off (switch) ....................... 66 Glove compartment courtesy light
Front/rear armrest..................... 67-68
fuel level gauge and reserve
CAR
Fuel cap.................................................. 109
warning light ......................... 6-7-21 Glove compartment light
Fuel consumption ................................ 238
TECHNICAL
fuel tank cap .................................. 109
Fuel cut-off switch .............................. 65
Glove compartments ........ 67-68-69-70
Fuel cut-off system .............................. 66 refuelling .......................................... 108
GSI system ............................................ 26
Fuse boxes (location)........ 181-182-184
INDEX
Fuel flap ................................................. 109
Fuel gauge ............................................. 21 Fuse summary table............................. 185 Handbrake .......................................... 135
253

Hazard warning lights Ignition switch Keys

AND CONTROLS
.................................... 19 .................................................... 10
DASHBOARD
switching on.................................... 65 In an emergency ............................ 157 key with remote control ............ 11
Headlight alignment corrector.......... 85 Installing electrical/electronic key without remote control ...... 10
DEVICES
SAFETY
Headlight washers ............................... 61 devices ................................................ 98

remote door opening/
checking levels and topping up .. 220 radio transmitters and mobile
closing..................................... 11-12
CORRECT USE
phones ............................................ 98
OF THE CAR
headlight washer fluid

replacing the cover of the
specifications................................... 237 Installing the tow hook ...................... 139
remote control ............................. 13
Headlights.............................................. 85 Instrument panel light adjustment.... 29
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
replacing the remote control

adjusting headlights abroad ........ 85 Instrument panel.................................. 6-7
battery.............................................. 13
alignment corrector...................... 85 Interior fittings .................................... 67
requesting additional remote
EMERGENCY
beam orientation ........................... 85

IN AN
Interiors (cleaning) ............................. 215 control keys.................................... 13

bulb replacement ................. 172-179 Isofix (child seat)
bulbs (type) .................................... 170 capability for Isofix child seat ..... 122 Lifting the car ...................................... 190
CAR
gas discharge ......................... 85-172 suitability for using child seats ... 123 Lights (switching on controls)... 56-57
Headrest ................................................ 40 Isofix child seat capability .................. 122 Load limiters .......................................... 114
TECHNICAL
Heated rear window ................. 46-48-52 Lubricant (specifications) .......... 236-237

Heating and ventilation ...................... 45 Jack
INDEX
Heating and ventilation system ........ 43 use .................................................... 162 Main beam headlights
Hill Holder (system)............................ 88 warnings........................................... 161 bulb replacement........................... 173
254

flashings............................................ 56 Paintwork (maintenance) changing a wheel ........................... 165
AND CONTROLS
................ 212
DASHBOARD
switching on.................................... 56 body colour plate ......................... 219 general information ...................... 159
Manual climate control system ........ 47 Parking (sensors) ................................ 104
DEVICES
Radio transmitters and
SAFETY
Mileometer.......................... 6-7-22-25 Parking lights mobile phones .................................. 98
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Mirror adjustment...................... 40-42 switching on.................................... 56 Rain sensor............................................ 59
MSR (system) ....................................... 90 Parking sensors .................................... 104 Rear courtesy light .............................. 64
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Multifunction display .......................... 22 Parking the car .................................... 135 bulb replacement........................... 177
Power supply (technical data) .......... 225 Rear door locking device .................. 75
Nozzles
EMERGENCY
Pretensioners ...................................... 114 Rear fog light
IN AN
windscreen/rearscreen/headlamp
load limiters ................................... 114 bulb replacement........................... 175
washer fluid ................................... 211
Prolonged car inactivity...................... 142 switching on.................................... 65
CAR
Number plate lights
Rear seats
bulb replacement........................... 176 Protecting the environment ............. 110
TECHNICAL
cleaning ........................................... 215
diesel particulate filter (DPF) ...... 110
On-board computer (trip) .............. 36 front armrest ................................. 67
Punctures
On-board instruments (panel) ......... 20 headrest........................................... 40
INDEX
"Fix&Go automatic" quick
light adjustment.............................. 29 tyre repair kit ................................. 165 Rear view mirrors...................... 41-42
255

Rear window washer remote door opening/ Saving fuel ............................................. 137
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
closing..................................... 11-12
checking levels and topping up .. 200 SBR system............................................ 113
tailgate opening ............................. 12
fluid specifications.......................... 237 Scheduled maintenance plan.............. 195
DEVICES
SAFETY
Replacing fuses
Seat adjustment .......................... 38-39
nozzles ............................................. 211
fuse control units ........ 181-182-183
Seat belts ............................................... 112
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
operation......................................... 60
fuses list ........................................... 184
carrying children safely ................ 117
Rear window wiper
Rev counter ......................................... 20
height adjustment ......................... 113
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
blade replacement ......................... 211 Reverse (light)

load limiters ................................... 114
operation......................................... 60 bulb replacement........................... 175
maintenance.................................... 116
EMERGENCY
Reconfigurable multifunction Reverse lights

IN AN
pretensioners ................................ 114

display .................................................. 25
SBR system .................................... 113
Refuelling ..................................... 234-235 Rim Protector ..................................... 228

CAR
using the seat belts ....................... 112

Regular inspections ............................ 199 Roof rack/ski rack bars Seat heating........................................... 39
(capability)........................................... 84
TECHNICAL
Remote control .................................. 11

Servicing and maintenance................. 193
Rubber hoses........................................ 210
additional remote controls ........ 13 checking fluid levels ...................... 200
battery replacement .................... 13

INDEX
Safe lock (device)................................ 14 demanding use of the car ........... 199
official approvals ............................ 240 Safety devices ................................... 111 regular inspections ....................... 199
256

scheduled maintenance Start&Stop system ............................... 91 bulb replacement........................... 176
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
plan ........................................ 195-197
Starting and driving ............................ 131 Tools ...................................................... 161
scheduled maintenance ................ 194
ignition switch ............................... 19 Top speeds ........................................... 232
DEVICES
SAFETY
Side air bags
Steering ................................................. 226 Topping up the engine oil ................. 205
(Side Bag - Window Bag).. 125-126-127
Steering lock and ignition switch ..... 19 Towing the car .................................... 191
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Side bag ................................................. 125
Steering wheel ..................................... 41 Towing trailers .................................... 139
Side/taillights
Steering wheel levers ............... 56-58 TPMS (system) ..................................... 101
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
front bulb replacement................. 173
Sun visors ............................................. 71 Trailer (towing)
rear bulb replacement .................. 174
Sunroof .................................................. 72 installing the tow hook ............... 139
EMERGENCY
switching on.................................... 56
IN AN
anti-crush safety device................ 73 Transmission ........................................ 225
Smart washing (windscreen wipers) 59
emergency operation .................. 74 Trip Computer ................................... 36
Snow chains ......................................... 141
CAR
initialization of the system ........... 74 Tyres pressure ..................................... 230
Spare wheel ......................................... 161
Suspensions........................................... 226 Tyres
TECHNICAL
technical specifications ................. 229
Symbols ................................................. 8 "Fix&Go Automatic" quick
Spark plugs (type)....................... 222-223 tyre repair kit ................................. 165
Technical specifications .............
INDEX
Speedometer ....................................... 20 217 changing a wheel ........................... 159
SPORT function .................................. 100 Third brake light in the event of a puncture .......... 159
257

inflation pressure........................... 230 specifications................................... 237 tyre and wheel types .................... 229
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
reading the symbols correctly .... 227 Washing the car tyre inflation pressure .................. 230
Rim Protector ............................... 228 engine compartment .................... 214 wheel geometry ............................ 227
DEVICES
SAFETY
snow chains ................................... 141 exterior .......................................... 212 wheel puncture .............................. 159
snow tyres............................. 141-229 interiors .......................................... 215 winter tyres........................... 141-229

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
snow tyres............................. 141-229 Weights ................................................ 233 Window bag ........................................ 125
storing tools and space Wheel geometry ................................. 227 Windows

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
saver wheel..................................... 161

Wheel rims ........................................... 227 cleaning ................................. 58-214
tyre and wheel types .................... 229
correct reading ............................. 228 windscreen washer fluid
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Wheels and tyres (specifications) .............................. 237

Using the gearbox ............................. 136
"Fix&Go automatic" Windscreen washer
VIN plates ........................................... 218 quick tyre repair kit ...................... 165
CAR
"smart washing" function ............ 59

changing a wheel ........................... 159
activation ........................................ 58
Warning lights
TECHNICAL
reading the symbols correctly .... 227

and messages ................................... 143 checking levels and topping up .. 220
Rim Protector tyres...................... 228
Washer fluid for windscreen/ headlight washer fluid
INDEX
rearscreen/headlights snow chains ................................... 141 specifications ................................. 237
checking levels and topping up .. 200 snow tyres............................. 141-229 nozzles ............................................ 211
258

Windscreen wiper blades
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
replacement.................................... 211
Windscreen wiper
DEVICES
SAFETY
activation ........................................ 58
blade replacement ......................... 211
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
nozzles ............................................ 211
rain (sensor) ................................... 59
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Winter
snow chains ................................... 141
EMERGENCY
snow tyres............................. 141-229
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
259

Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. - Parts & Services - Technical Services - Service Engineering
Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 - 10040 Volvera - Torino (Italia)
Print N. 603.81.710 - 04/2011 - 2 edition

AVO UM GB 15-05-2007 8:36 Pagina 1
ENGLISH
The data contained in this publication is intended merely as a guide. FIAT reserves the right to modify the models and
versions described in this booklet at any time for technical and commercial reasons.
If you have any further questions please consult your FIAT dealer.
Printed in recycled paper without chlorine.

An Engineers Guide To Being Bravo

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

An Engineers Guide To Being Bravo

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

F I A T B R A V O

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

the cars wellbeing;

This Owner Handbook describes all Fiat Bravo versions.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL

RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

CODE card (for versions/markets, where provided)

THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

DASHBOARD AND CONTROLS

DASHBOARD ...................................................................... 5 CEILING LIGHTS .................................................................. 63

SYMBOLS ............................................................................... 8 INTERIOR FITTINGS........................................................... 67

ALARM ................................................................................... 16 POWER WINDOWS ......................................................... 77

MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY ............................................ 22

ROOF RACK/SKI RACK .................................................... 84

ESP SYSTEM .......................................................................... 88

SOUND SYSTEM .................................................................. 97

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM .................... 47 STEERING SYSTEM ............................................................. 99

WINDOW WASHING ....................................................... 58 AT THE FILLING STATION ............................................. 108

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Versions with multifunction display

A Speedometer (speed indicator)

C Engine coolant temperature gauge and

excessive temperature warning light

counter end scale value is 6000

Sport versions with multifunction

B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning

F0Q0605m On diesel versions the rev

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

SYMBOLS THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM

to be taken as regards that particular com-

and enables to start the engine.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Warning light Y (or symbol on

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

the CODE card fig. 7 to be presented to

(for versions/markets, where provided)

the new owner when selling

doors and tailgate locks

the safe lock device (only disengage-

ment - for versions/markets, where

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Button for remote unlocking of doors

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Briefly press button for remote lock- remote control

rection indicators. Opening the tailgate is accompanied by the

rectly, the led and direction indicators

start flashing quickly.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

REPLACING THE BATTERY Used batteries are harmful to

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

WARNING Device activation

Once the safe lock device The device is automatically activated on

flashes of the direction indicators and

If one of the doors is not perfectly closed,

The safe lock device guarantees the best

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

WHEN THE ALARM Depending on the markets, the cutting in